« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
that's not how effective altruism works
velgarth reacts to the snap
Permalink Mark Unread

SNAP.

Permalink Mark Unread

This time, dying doesn't hurt. 

 

 

Herald-Mage Vanyel Ashkevron, (involuntarily and unwillingly) called Demonsbane and Hero of Stony Tor by his allies - and the Butcher in White by his enemies - is, when it happens, sitting on a stool made of ice and snow, inside a hut of snow-blocks, talking to an immortal mage dressed in black, his destined enemy, his– in some ways his closest friend... 

Permalink Mark Unread

“This is a very hard problem,” Leareth is saying. “I will gesture at a potential solution, and explain the details in time. We wish to build a being that is truly trying to accomplish the goals we have given it, but can also reason as though from an outside perspective – it should know that it is incomplete, that its builders were imperfect and may have made mistakes, and also that these creators still know more than it does of what ‘good’ means and may wish to correct it. It should wish to allow such corrections, because its true underlying goal is to come to understand what is meant by ‘good’. Even when it feels very confident that a certain action is correct, it should wish to run this by an outside force, and not be swayed by a prediction that this outside force will prevent it, nor try to deceive its makers by telling the most convincing version, even if its own internal reasoning says that this will best allow it to accomplish its current goals and values. Ultimately, it should hold something like philosophical uncertainty, and thus caution will emerge naturally, rather than being something we attempt to impose. Does this make sense to you in principle?” 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Herald Vanyel? ...Are you– Vanyel!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

He feels himself coming apart. 

It is, in some ways, the exact reverse of what a Final Strike feels like from the inside. 

 

( - blue-white fire pressed up against the other side of a Gate -

 

He feels the pattern-that-makes-up-a-Vanyel start to unravel, and there's no triumph in it, no victory, no defiantly offering up everything that he is to an unforgiving horizon. Just confusion, and a sort of cold distant resignation in the face of it. 

He's died before. It's hard to muster any fear. 

But frustration, yes. They were in the middle of a conversation. It feels very rude of reality to throw this at him for no reason - in this one case he's, actually, very damned sure it wasn't Leareth's doing -

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches Vanyel disintegrate into grey dust, along with the snow and sky, and - it feels like there should be time to react, like there should be something he can do, it seems to happen in slow motion and surely he can reach Vanyel in time, surely he can - what - something... 

But he can't; he has time to stand up, to take a step toward Vanyel, as the fabric of their dream-reality dissolves, and the last thing he sees is Vanyel's tired eyes looking into his.

Not angry. There's no blame aimed at Leareth. No pleading, either, no fear–

 

 

In that single endless moment when it's already too late for last words between them, let alone to do anything to stop this, he remembers one of their recent conversations. When Vanyel spoke of Urtho - 

He mentioned you. You were his best student. I’m not sure if he ever said this to your face, but he was proud of you. He said - he said that there was a spark in you. He feared some of your ideas, but he said, if you were to be lost to darkness, it wouldn’t be because you didn’t care, but because you cared too much. He saw that in you.

and he opens his mouth to speak, but it's not like he ever prepared any final words for this particular scenario - 

Permalink Mark Unread

The point at which Leareth wakes up screaming, is around the same point when the just-raised alarm makes it past all the other layers of his organization, and the frantic Mindtouch reaches him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Bard-trainee Stefen was, right before this, having a stupid nightmare. 

- too to turn back, too late for anything - only a single bottomless instant, offering up everything to a welcoming sky - fury and desperation and determination - one last fiery blaze and then nothing at all - 

And then it turns into...something else...the same awful unbearable wrongness except inside out and backward and somehow even WORSE, it's - broken, pointless, everything that ever mattered in the world falling apart for no reason at all - 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Stef wakes up in an inn in the northwest of Valdemar, to the sound of a startled shriek from the taproom below his crowded shared bedroom. Quickly followed by other yells of confused panic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back in Haven, in the room that Stef shared with his roommate Medren for the past six years, a bed lies unmade and empty, as grey dust drifts down to the carpet.

With Stef on his Bardic Journeyman trip up north, and the rest of Haven thrown into chaos, no one will even see this scene for days.  

Permalink Mark Unread

She wakes to the Death Bell tolling, and the agonizing soul-deep certainly that Vanyel is dead. 

 

 

The Death Bell doesn't stop ringing. Not for a long time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

King Randale of Valdemar dies in his sleep, painlessly, never waking in time to know it's happening to him let alone to the rest of the kingdom which he's sacrificed so much for. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Shavri wakes up with a cry of shock-horror-confusion as half of her mind and heart and soul follow him into dust and ashes. 

She doesn't understand what's happening. She doesn't think she ever will again. It's not the sort of feeling that can ever be made sense of. 

 

 

But she tears herself free of the bedclothes anyway, because her lifebonded is gonegonegone and there's nothing to be found in clinging to the dust that used to be him, he's not there - and someone else might, still, be - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa is sleeping fitfully and she does half-wake, just barely in time to feel confused - to reach for a familiar/safe/beloved mind - but no time for words, only a fragmentary mindtouch, there and gone, and by the time Shavri reaches her daughter's bedroom there's nothing left. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Rolan, the Groveborn Companion, a mind half in a blue place outside of time itself and only half bound to the body he wears in this life, sees it coming.

Not in time to act, if there were any action he could have taken, which there isn't. He sees the full inevitability of it, an instant before it happens - sees a dark wave smashing down on the tight-woven threads of silver that are his land his people his country and there is nothing, there was never going to be anything to do -

 

- except reach for his Chosen, because Rolan may be an immortal alien entity who was never human - who was built to love and lose over and over again and never break, to hold up the foundations of Valdemar century after century - but, in that awful second or two of realization before the storm hits, he is still humanlike enough to feel afraid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara snaps awake, aaaaaahwhatwhatwhat - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Tantras stirs sleepily in her arms. Starts to mumble something - her name, slurred with drowsiness. "Dara, wha...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then he looks at his own hand in confusion, silhouetted against the peaceful darkness of their bedroom, and lets out a soft confused whimper as it crumbles to dust, and then there's only silence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara's first thought is that it has to be a dream. 

Her second thought is that Rolan is panicking in the back of her mind and she's pretty sure he only does that for the literal end of the world. 

:Rolan, what–: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I have no answers for you, Chosen: 

His mindvoice is empty and tired and full of aching, pleading, uncomprehending grief, as the Death Bell starts to ring and doesn't stop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi.

Dara doesn't even try for him with Mindspeech. She already knows the answer. The Death Bell is tolling it in her bones. 

:...Treven?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald-trainee Treven, heir to the throne of Valdemar, wakes for a fraction of a second, just long enough to feel the agony of a broken lifebond, but it doesn't last for long. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

And then Dara finds herself on her feet. Everything hurts, but that doesn't matter, right now, she has to - something - she has no idea what but she can't just pull the covers over her head and hide from it, no matter how badly she wants to.

:Keiran?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Just woken in terror and confusion!

:I don't - what's happening–:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I don't know - Rolan doesn't know - Randi and Trev gone, and...: 

She can feel the others as well, now. Deaths falling like pebbles, but the pool they land in isn't still, now, there's no time for it to settle in between. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Companions are converging on Companions' Field now. Those of them still alive. Usually, when a Herald dies a natural death - or an unnatural death with some warning - their Companion has a little time for farewells. 

Some of the Companions are faring better than others, here. Herald-Mage Kilchas' Companion, Rohan, crumples to the gravel path in a white heap. Sandra's Shonsea makes it as far as the field, limping, lost in a haze of pain, and only then starts to fade. 

:- Was it Leareth?: she tries to ask. 

 

 

Even Rolan has no answer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Joshel wakes in pain and confusion as his Kimbry, just seconds from reaching the others in the field, stops in confusion and then crumbles into nothing. 

He can't - it hurts - what's happening - he has to - 

Permalink Mark Unread

A voice rings in his mind, cold steel and blue fire. 

:Hold on. You are not allowed to die. Valdemar needs you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Alone in the abandoned stables, a white form sprawls motionless in her stall -

 

 

- eventually, Yfandes' flanks heave, as she remembers how to breathe. 

Her centre is gone. She is...lost, falling, alone, she can't/shouldn't/mustn't be, anymore, but she - is... 

One more breath. 

On the edge of her awareness, there's something like a door. Metaphorically speaking. It's so close and it would be so easy to slip through and then she wouldn't be alone, anymore, and the pain would stop. 

 

One more breath, first. 

 

It's unendurable, and yet, here she is. 

 

Another breath. 

 

She doesn't know why. 'Why' isn't a concept that makes sense, anymore, it feels incoherent that anything will ever again happen for a reason, the foundations of the world are too deeply cracked for that - 

 

But she's still here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's impossible to sleep through the Death Bell continuously ringing, and Lord Withen Ashkevron wakes with a jolt, disoriented, heart racing with the sudden rush of adrenaline. 

About three seconds later he's in the hallway in his nightshirt and bare feet, yelling, there has to be SOMEONE who knows what's going on - 

Permalink Mark Unread

His wife is slower on the mark, and by the time she totters out to join him, yawning, the corridor is full of servants and other nobles emerging from their adjacent Palace suites. 

"Withen, dear, what's happening?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"...What is it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

There isn't going to be any way to say this without getting hysterics-at, is there. 

...It's incredibly hard to speak, for some inexplicable reason. 

 

 

"Vanyel." 

Withen swallows. 

"Dead." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's - not - the only one - no one know what - people just, just vanishing - into dust..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Treesa lets out a quiet whimper, but doesn't immediately start shrieking or bawling, which is doing better than a few of the other noble ladies down the hall. 

 

 

 

"- Lissa," she gulps out, finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh." 

And he takes her arm, and they break into a run. Or the closes to a run that Treesa can manage in her floor-length nightdress, at least. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not going to make a lot of difference either way. General Lissa Ashkevron was gone before her mother even rose from her bed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

In the Healers' quarters, they're already checking rooms. 

Melody tries to Mindspeak Terrill, and fails, and fifteen seconds of effort confirms that she can't find his mind at all. 

Another name to check off the list. 

There's going to be a reckoning, later, a time for tears and anger and pointless denial of the situation. But not yet. There's an emergency to be dealt with, and Melody pushes all emotion aside for later. 

 

 

When this doesn't work, she puts a heavy redirect on herself, and then keeps going. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gemma follows Shavri to the House of Healing. 

She isn't sure what following Shavri is supposed to accomplish. She's not sure what anything is supposed to accomplish, here; she had a job, it was to keep the King alive and pain-free for another night, and she failed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri reaches the House of Healing. 

She starts checking rooms. There are some Healers missing. Also some patients missing. These don't seem especially correlated with each other. 

In a flat empty mindvoice, she alerts everyone nearby which patients are still alive and currently being neglected, and once she reaches the end of the hall, she picks a room and sits down in it and opens her Healing-Sight and starts pushing her Gift at the old man with laboured breathing asleep on his cot.

In the distance she's aware, vaguely, that there are arguments in favour of this not, exactly, being the highest priority for Valdemar right now. Shavri doesn't care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hundreds of miles away, a man wakes up screaming. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind was there, seconds ago. 

He's not there anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

From the ground-floor of the ekele below: 

:Dada? What - where is Papa - why...?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Starwind was the Speaker for the Vale. 

 

 

:We need - elders, to gather - help -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will wake Featherfire: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance is already aware that she, too, might be gone. He's a Healing-Adept, and he felt the weight of deaths around him. Thought not the how, or who or where - the gulf where Starwind used to be is too vast for that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

But Brightstar's twin sister is still there in her hammock, the moonlight falling across her face. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Featherfire. Wake up: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She jolts awake, and reaches as her brother opens his mind to her, and she sees it - 

 

 

:- Mother: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't find her mind. 

When they reach Snowstar's ekele, there's nothing and no one there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance, Healing-Adept of k'Treva and formerly lifebonded to Starwind, Speaker for the Vale, gathers his people. What's left of them. 

 

 

They do a headcount. They're missing almost exactly half. 

 

 

(Everything hurts. It doesn't matter, not yet, and he's not intending to have to bear it for long.) 

 

 

:Who would take responsibility for k'Treva: he asks the huddled group, because for SOME REASON he seems to be the only one capable of thinking that far ahead, despite the yawning sucking screaming void where his lifebonded used to be. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Silence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Brightstar?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

His son takes a deep breath. 

:No. I am going to Valdemar, for my father: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And so am I: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fine: 

Moondance looks around. Then closes his eyes and his Thoughtsensing, and points at random. 

When he opens his eyes– 

:Riverstorm. You are the leader now: 

His mindvoice brooks no argument, and there isn't one. 

 

 

 

After a long silence, 

:Brightstar, Featherfire. Are you going now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

In private Mindspeech,

:- Come with us, dada?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar knows what Moondance is going to do. He's been trying not to think about it. 

It hurts too much to say goodbye. 

:- I have not been there before - can you, Gate...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Dada, I–: 

 

 

 

 

There aren't any words for this, are there. 

Featherfire crosses the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar lingers a moment longer on the threshold. 

:We will find out who did this: he promises, his mindvoice like brittle glass. :And we will make them pay: 

He steps across the Gate into Haven. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Moondance unweaves the Gate, and walks away from the central courtyard without a word, and as soon as he reaches a quiet-ish courtyard he sits down - 

- looks at the stars - 

 

 

He remembers a conversation, a year-and-some ago, in Haven. Speaking to his Wingbrother, of a man who named himself Leareth - a word that means only darkness now, but once, in the language of his ancestors, it also meant the night sky. 

Full of stars.

I don’t know if we should be fighting him, Vanyel says. 

It would be simpler if we knew him to be a monster, Moondance remembers answering. And yet, though we live in a world of greys, not all paths are equal, and sometimes a choice can be clear. I am quite certain that your Leareth must be stopped.

And then, later:

It is the greatest hubris, to think that one knows better than the gods. 

And Vanyel's answer, piercing, unforgettable. Is it? Because I’ve never exactly felt the gods were on my side. 

The stars blur and fragment. 

Moondance closes his eyes against the pointless tears, and uses Healing to stop his own heart. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Northeast of Valdemar, a magical barrier that has stood for millennia vanishes into nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

South, a woman wakes in panic and throws herself out of her bed and sprints down the hall to the nursery.

And then crumples to the floor in front of an empty crib, sobbing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You felt it too: 

The mindvoice is almost unrecognizable - barely holding together in words, ragged and mostly formed of pain and an awful negative space where something used to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Queen Karis is not really processing the question. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's understandable. Sola knows, though. What the sudden lack of a foundation under her has to mean. 

She doesn't understand.

 

 

After a long time, :Karis. Karis. Focus. We need to send a message to Haven: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I cannot -:

 

Except, she can. Karis fled Karse on foot, spent months in the wilderness, knowing her entire family was dead. She knows what she's capable of, now. 

:I will go myself. Find - someone - for the Gate: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The meeting-room feels far too empty. 

Dara counts off her people. Keiran and Joshel, present.

Katha, present, though still trying to control her sobs. Her baby was numbered among the body count - well, the dead count. There aren't any bodies to be buried. 

Shallan, alive. Siri, alive. 

Savil, alive. Not weeping, which is impressive. She is, at this point, the only Herald-Mage left in the entire kingdom. 

Marius, dead. 

Tantras, she isn't thinking about right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran was pregnant up until a handful of minutes ago. 

She isn't pregnant anymore. 

It would make a lot of sense for her to have emotions about this, but her emotions seem to be on vacation right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd better get her a Healer at some point but right now the Healers are dealing with their own casualties. If that's the right word. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Word from the west," Joshel says, heavily into the silence. "Happened in Lineas-Baires too. Half of - everyone in the city. ...Tashir's gone." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the north?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Still no word. Reckon we lost the relay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Leareth?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't see how. Even for him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil twitches. 

"Gate," she says, after a moment. "...On the permanent terminus. It's...Karis..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Arven?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil just shakes her head, not speaking, not meeting anyone's eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can someone figure out who's left on the Council." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My brother. Should I call a meeting." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Please. And - Healers'? Bardic?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Siri rises. "I'll go check on Bardic." 

Shallan heads to Healers'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aber, dean of Healers', is among the disappeared. Gemma, after the requisite amount of back-and-forth sniping, will reluctantly stand in his place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dellar is gone as well. 

Bard Breda has been running frantically around the Bardic dorms, trying to check rooms, but she allows herself to be dragged away for a middle-of-the-night emergency meeting. It's not like there's anything she can do about the beds they find empty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar finds the collection of minds and heads straight for it, not letting any of the doors get in his way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara nearly jumps out of her skin when the meeting-room door bangs open again. 

"...What?" She blinks at the unfamiliar young man. Or, no, not exactly unfamiliar. "Oh. Brightstar." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel. Is he..." 

Brightstar is fairly sure that he already knows the answer. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara is a coward. She can't seem to open her mouth to speak. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm sorry, ke'chara." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why are you sorry." Brighstar's silver eyes blaze. "Do you know who did this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds look around at each other. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her chest aches. There's no solid ground left to stand on. 

"Well, I don't see the point in secrecy now," Dara says, quietly. "Brightstar, Vanyel was - destined to fight an immortal mage in the north. Leareth. But I don't think this was Leareth." A pause. "K'Treva, did you - how many...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Half." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire knows a lot less Valdemaran than her brother. She hovers behind him in silence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Us too." 

All Dara wants is for this to not be happening. 

"Well, have a seat," she hears herself say, finally, as though from a great distance. "We're...going to sort this out. It's going to be all right." 

Which is a lie. It's not going to be all right. How could it be. 

But she pushes out the words anyway, and maybe by the time she's finished with that, she'll have thought of the next step forward. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's been a a candlemark since the event. 

Leareth rises from trance, belatedly and unpleasantly returning to awareness of his body, including the exhaustion weighting his limbs and the molten pain in his head. 

:- Nayoki?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Still here. It - we stopped losing people. It was over in five minutes: 

Less, maybe. It's hard to know, because so many of their people died alone in locked rooms, only checked later. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do we have numbers: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nine thousand seven hundred and twenty-three confirmed dead. ...But I think the total is more. It - in every larger base, it was almost exactly half. The distribution you would expect if it were...a coin-flip. For each person: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Why. 

How. 

It doesn't make sense and he doesn't understand. And Leareth hates being confused. 

:Valdemar?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Limited intelligence on them. We are - very short on personnel. It sounds as though it happened to them as well:  

Permalink Mark Unread

Unsurprisingly. Leareth saw Vanyel crumble to nothing in front of his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Did you find -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Nothing. The wards detected nothing at all - except that the shield-wall in Iftel is down. I think that is...the result of something upstream, though: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes Nayoki a few seconds to parse that, and then her heart double-thumps in her chest.

:You think - the coin-flip hit the gods as well?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am not sure I think anything yet: 

Leareth's mindvoice is more tired than Nayoki has ever heard it, and she doesn't think it's just because of the gruelling magic he's spent a candlemark doing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Do you have orders for us: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Finish surveying our casualties and get final numbers. Obtain more intelligence on the situation in Valdemar - find out if this happened in Rethwellan and Hardorn and Karse as well:

Leareth is silent for a moment. He's tired, and in pain, and doesn't even have guesses about what happened or who was responsible. Which means that, for all he knows, it could happen again at any moment and there's nothing he would be able to do. 

:Also, I would like painkillers. I am going to draft a message to the Heralds and I need to concentrate: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds in Haven are not, themselves, concentrating very well. Scattered reports are coming in from the surviving Mindspeech relays, being discussed in panicky bursts interspersed with painful silences. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri gets the patient stable. Does some Healing on the woman next door as well. 

It's not enough to drown out the echoing void where the other half of her should be. 

Eventually, though, she can't help having thoughts as well. 

 

 

 

 

 

She's so angry. Pointlessly, stupidly. 

Well, who cares about stupid, now. What does she have left to lose. 

She leaves the House of Healing at a brisk walk. Nobody stops her. The grounds are deserted. The halls of the core Palace building are too empty; there are huddles of people here and there, servants, nobles, all of them alike now. Confused, scared, grieving. 

Shavri lets it wash over her. It doesn't hurt, not in comparison to the rest. 

 

 

 

 

She reaches the Web-room unopposed. 

The quartz ball of the Web-focus - the physical manifestation of the Heartstone in Haven - feels warm to her touch. Alive. It hums faintly, in a way that isn't quite sound. 

Shavri rests her hands on it and closes her eyes. She isn't afraid. There's no room for fear anymore. 

:You owe me an explanation: she tells it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And suddenly she's - somewhere else. Standing on a path of moonbeams, dusty purple nebulas hanging in the infinite blackness all around her, golden mist swirling around her ankles. 

And a woman, small and clad head to toe in black robes. Kneeling, as though in prayer, or supplication. Or despair. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri can't muster much curiosity.

"Where is this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

The woman doesn't answer, but she does rise, lifting the hood of her black cloak to show her face. She looks almost Tayledras but not quite. 

Her eyes aren't human. They hold every star in the night sky. 

"I would explain if I could, child," she says. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're the Star-Eyed Goddess," Shavri says, without expression. "I wasn't expecting to get you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not think that anyone has expected any of the things happening now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri has no idea how to interact with that sentence being said by a Goddess. 

"So I take it that, uh, it - wasn't you?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

A cold starry stare rests on her. 

“This is neither within my power, nor my motives.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“I mean, not sure how I was supposed to know that.”

Permalink Mark Unread

“The cost to this world is vast. What happened - was not seen, it came from outside…”

Permalink Mark Unread

It would normally be uncanny, hearing a literal goddess sound - hesitant, confused, overwhelmed - but Shavri is not, currently, having emotions.

”So it wasn’t Leareth.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

“You’re just not going to be helpful, are you.” Sigh. “Can you let me out no– oh, right, I should ask. Iftel wall went down. Is Vkandis...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Goddess bows her head, and Her silence answers Shavri's question more loudly than any words could. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri has a weird urge to say 'my condolences' or something equally stupid. She doesn't, though. Among many, many other reasons, it's not like she owes this Goddess anything. 

She would be so tired, if she were capable of emotions right now. 

"Can you let me out now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"As you wish." 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she's alone in the Web-room again, shivering, her head pounding. 

Randi's absence doesn't hurt any less. But there's clearly work that needs to be done. Miles to go, before she can finally rest... 

Shavri picks herself up, moving jerkily, and heads for the Heralds' meeting-room. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Heralds are arguing over a just-arrived letter, which Shavri learns - in a very fragmented manner - was dropped off by some sort of creepy bird with Mindspeech. It's waiting for their answer on the windowsill. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran hunches over her stomach. "I mean, obviously he'd say it wasn't him, right, no matter what - it's not information–"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It destroyed our Sunlord. I do not care who this man claims to be, he cannot have that power." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wasn't his whole entire plan that he wanted to murder ten million people and make a god to fight the other gods?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He never told Van it'd kill the others," Dara mutters, but mostly under her breath. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't Leareth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Heads turn. 

"Shavri! Are you–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't you dare." It's the closest thing to a snarl that Savil has ever heard from Shavri's lips. "Don't ask. Ever." 

She stands rigidly for a moment, glaring at everyone, and then moves to pull up her own chair at the table. 

"Wasn't Leareth," she says tonelessly. "Talked to the Goddess. Through the Heartstone. She said it was - from outside." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Outside what?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri's expression clearly says that she thinks this is a stupid question. "Outside the world, I guess? They - didn't see it coming. It took out Vkandis. She...didn't know. What or how or anything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You spoke to our Goddess." 

Brightstar isn't being very subtle about the envy in his voice at all

Permalink Mark Unread

"I bet She'd talk to you too if you had a go. Don't think there's more to learn that way though. What's our plan." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah. Why is everyone LOOKING AT HER. Oh right they don't have a monarch right now. She is literally in charge of this kingdom right now. 

Well. 

Half of it. The half that's left. 

 

 

 

"...Leareth sent a letter," Dara says faintly, after a long pause. "Swearing it wasn't him. He - lost half his people as well. He, er, wants our census-numbers, if we can get them, for...I guess to help come up with theories of what caused this? He doesn't know any more than we do, though. No detectable magic at the time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Odd, how in a way it's easier to think when you've already lost everything that matters. 

"We're going to have a lot of chaos," Shavri says flatly. "People will starve - there'll be littles who lost their parents... Can he offer any help. We should ask for it. Tell him he owes it to us, if he wants us - to make nice with him, to work together here. Which he must. Given everything." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is staring at Shavri. 

No, wait, they're back to staring at her again now, goddamnit. (Or, more accurately, damn whoever and whatever did this to them, because it clearly wasn't any god Valdemar knows.) 

 

"He says he wants peace." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And so do we, right? Can't see we've got much choice." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I do not trust him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara wishes, desperately, that this job were on LITERALLY ANYONE ELSE.

To add insult to injury, Rolan isn't even being helpful. The loss of somewhat over half the Companion herd - they're overrepresented, since approximately no Companions survived their Heralds' deaths even if they weren't themselves turned to dust - is hitting him hard. 

"We don't need to trust him, and we shouldn't. Just, I agree we'd better ask if he can spare some aid. That, we do need." 

Permalink Mark Unread

One fortunate thing in this whole disaster, is that the mysterious scourge of death that fell across all of Velgarth - Leareth is pretty sure of that point, now, though he hasn't personally checked the other continent - is that it didn't do anything to the crops already in the fields, or livestock, or the vast stores of grain and other preserved foodstuffs that Leareth has stored in various caches up north. He thought it prudent to store enough to feed his entire force for a year, if necessary. 

Now he has half as many mouths to feed. 

Of course, he also has half the number of Gate-capable mages. And the dice fell especially badly for Valdemar's Herald-Mages; they are absolutely not capable of distributing food aid to their own kingdom, let alone others. 

Leareth's own foreign operations are in shambles. But he built a lot of redundancy into his various spy-networks. He can, albeit at considerable cost, get communications through, and dispatch agents to approach the various governments in the region and open talks. 

Leareth has the resources, in coin and in a dozen more nebulous kinds of capital; he can pay that cost. It doesn't, right now, feel as though it's worth saving anything at all for the future. It's hard to imagine a better time to burn everything he has as fuel to keep a few more people alive through the next winter. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Messages go back and forth, carried by Leareth's creepy semi-sentient bird creatures. 

Sure, they'll accept aid in the form of excess army rations. And mages, if Leareth is offering, though they need long-range Mindspeakers even more. And Farseers if possible, to help the Heralds triage which towns are in the most desperate straits. Sure, if he has spies with Gate-locations in Haven he's welcome to send them supplies and personnel that way. What other choice can Dara possibly make.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth personally and a few of his people can Gate from a map, too. He has several dozen mages who've mastered Gating from Farsight or scrying images. Rethwellan and Hardorn and Karse all need help as well but he can divide things up as well as possible.

Per Leareth's agents, the government of Valdemar actually seems to be holding together pretty well, relative to Hardorn or Rethwellan, both of which are now in the middle of active succession crises. (Rethwellan lost its elderly king and the sword that chooses the monarch went missing in the chaos; Hardorn didn't lose King Festil but did lose several members of his Council, who were apparently loadbearing in holding together Festil's not-exactly-popular kingship.)

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good to know. 

(It would be flattering, if Dara had any emotions to spare for that. Melody keeps trying to get her to TALK about her FEELINGS and Dara is pretty sure that if she tries to do that she won't stop crying for a week, and given that she's the de facto Queen right now and holding onto law and order by her fingernails, she would rather just not.) 

- oh, sure, they'll take thousands of un-Gifted soldiers as peacekeepers and medics and extra hands in the fields, if that's on offer. Wait, what, no, they don't need the safeguard of voluntary compulsions not to rape or pillage or otherwise harm civilians, that's pretty messed up as a concept actually. 

- if Leareth has lots of magical artifacts on hand then...sure, they'd love to receive a crateful of talismans that do mage-lights or heat-spells or weather-barriers and a dozen other useful spells, and hand those out to villages in need. Wow. Dara didn't know you could do that. ...Let alone that they can be re-powered by distance casting, that's insanely useful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

News trickles in from the wider world. 

The Eastern Empire fell apart in the first day. It's now a mess of several dozen petty warlords grabbing territories and squabbling with each other. Compulsioned child soldiers are involved. Lots of starving people, lots of open murder and local gang fighting in the streets, but they're...not very safe to try to interact with, right now. 

The Shin'a'in got off surprisingly lightly, luck of the draw. They've left the Plains and are helping keep the peace in Jkatha. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Karse is doing okay. Well, as okay as any country can be, when it's lost half its entire population. Karis isn't sure if there's a single family, anywhere in the kingdom, that isn't grieving the pointless death of someone precious to them. 

Karse is holding together because Karis is MAKING IT, by sheer force of will. 

Her god is gone. That shouldn't be the kind of thing that can happen. Her daughter is gone and that feels just as against-the-laws-of-reality. She's lost too much to ever be whole again, but it's not like that ever mattered. 

She works from dawn until late in the night, every day, and she shouts at people in meetings whenever it seems like this might help, and by the time she lies down at night her throat is raw and her entire body hurts from the tension she can't seem to set aside. 

Most nights she needs valerian to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing is ever going to be all right. Not ever again. 

...It's distantly fascinating, Savil muses sometimes, how losing everything can heal some other wounds, or at least make them irrelevant. She joins her brother in his private study almost every night, now, or he comes to her quarters, and they drink wine until the world goes soft and blurred and it's not exactly that it hurts less but it's easier to look at and sometimes they cry together. 

She's even, in some weird sideways fashion, friends with Lady Treesa now? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lady Treesa is coping! Her two eldest children are DEAD and the Court is in SHAMBLES and she is coping the only way she knows how, which is by keeping the Court social scene alive entirely by her own efforts. 

She hosts PARTIES, where people can sip drinks with flowers floating in them. She redecorates their suite. She has flower bouquets sent to all her (surviving) friends. She writes party invitations on pink stationary and draws flowers in the margins. 

She drinks wine with her husband and sister-in-law, and fills the silence with chatter about how lord such-and-such is sleeping with his chambermaid after his wife crumbled to dust, isn't it such a SCANDAL. 

She makes a new gown for Dara, who's working so hard and deserves a party to celebrate how she's basically queen now and it's not a real celebratory party unless you have a new gown that has flowers embroidered everywhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Bard Breda is coping. She encourages her bereaved students to write songs about it. The best songs, the ones remembered for centuries, are always born of pain. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Herald Keiran is coping. 

She's pregnant again, according to Gemma - who is VERY DISAPPROVING about this, it took two days and two six-person Healing Melds to get her womb back in working order and it's not really a great time to push things. 

Keiran honestly has no idea who the father is. Leareth sent a dozen men from his military force to help with logistics, and she slept with six of them in the course of three days. (And with one of them three women, which she's never done before, but when it feels like the end of the world has come and gone and left you still standing, none of the ordinary rules apply.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Joshel is coping. Sort of. He would really rather not, but someone has to manage the treasury. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Stef is halfway back down the North Trade Road to Haven when he gets confirmation that Herald-Mage Vanyel is dead. It's not a surprise. He already knew. 

(It doesn't stop him from dreaming about Vanyel most nights, and waking inexplicably in tears.)  

He was rushing at first, but Randi's gone as well. So is Jisa. So is Medren. There's hardly anything left for him in Haven. He might as well take his time, and hear people's stories, because - because someone has to remember, right.

He hears garbled rumours about a man in the north named Leareth, and he puts together some pieces, but it's not like that matters anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar does weather-magic, and holds his sister when she wakes up sobbing in the night, and bides his time. Someday. Someday they'll know who did this, and he'll be waiting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri, most nights, finds herself in the stables with Yfandes.

They don't talk, usually. Yfandes mostly doesn't talk to anyone these days. 

It takes her a while to pin down why, every time she notices that, oh, right there is a high place to jump from, a quiet voice in her whispers not yet

It's because her pain is all that's left of them - of Randi, of Vanyel, of Jisa, of so many others - and so it feels like blasphemy, to want to stop hurting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Every time Yfandes wakes up, the first motion in her mind is reaching for her Chosen, and the first thought to form after the pain is why.

Why is she still here.

Why is anything still here. 

It stops feeling like a coherent question, after a while. Might as well ask why two plus two equals four.

It starts to feel like a tautology, she's still here because she's still here and that's all there is to it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody is coping. Mostly by helping other people cope. When she's seeing patients, she can abstract away her own personhood, be nothing but a vessel, and that's...easier is the wrong word but it's something. 

Sometimes she locks herself in one of the Heralds' meeting-rooms, there are lots of them going unused these days. And they're shielded against sound. She can scream until her voice gives out without bothering anyone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth.......isn't coping, if he's honest with himself about it.

He's taking sane actions about the situation. It's not complicated, doing that, it doesn't call for more than a fraction of his full reasoning ability, and he can do it. 

Leareth has grieved for many things, over centuries and millennia. It's a critical component of taking the world as it is, in all its tragedy, and making a plan from that which might work. He would have said, before, that he's skilled at grieving. Practiced. 

He doesn't know how to grieve for this. 

 

 

When he asks his mind why not, mostly he gets wordless incoherent gibbering horror, and the closest thing to words he can extract is that it's against the rules. Reality was lawful, before, events happened with causes, and this violates everything he thought he understood. The gods Themselves didn't see it coming. 

It shouldn't be allowed, for some alien hand to reach into their universe from the outside, flip a coin for each and every life, and snuff out the ones whose coins landed wrong. 

 

 

Leareth tries over and over to remind himself that 'allowed' is the wrong concept to apply here, and it doesn't work at all.

If he understood - if he knew who or how or why - then it feels like maybe he could move on to the real grief. Maybe he could feel anger at the pointless stupid WASTE of it. More than ten million lives, and nothing at all gained from their deaths.

But, right now, that line of thought is only empty words, and the only emotion he can summon is a child's frustrated incomprehension, at reality breaking its own rules and not even telling him why. 

And pain. Not grief, yet, it's too raw and unformed for that, but there's no shortage of pain here. If pain were a power source, he could make a god right here and now. 

 

 

Leareth can't tell if his complete inability to process the event is affecting his ability to make reasonable decisions. If it was, it's not clear what he could do about it anyway, it's not like he isn't trying to do the processing here.

As best as he can tell, though, he's - fine, most of the time? His ability to do math isn't at all impaired; he checked that first. He can run meetings and afterward his people have no concerns or qualms about his sanity; he checked that too. 

The only time where he's really definitely not fine is when he tries to sleep. In the short run he can intensely abuse various workarounds, including the fact that both Healers and Mindhealers can force people to sleep, and if he alternates that with various different drugs, this seems likely to minimize the risk of messing up his sanity even more. 

 

 

It's AGAINST THE RULES and NOT ALLOWED and Leareth is, on a deep emotional level, suddenly unsure that causality is real, and this means that all of his emotions are useless for strategic planning purposes, because mostly they want him to give up and stop trying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Three weeks after the event, a woman glowing with golden light drops from the sky and lands in the middle of Haven.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of all the (much reduced) Palace population, Lady Treesa happens to be among the first to notice the woman! She's currently hosting a ladies' needlepoint salon in the Palace gardens. 

Startled, she leaps up. "I - hello? Welcome? You're, er, welcome to join us - would you like tea and biscuits...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, these people are, or look, human. That's...not what she expected, but convergent evolution is a thing and she's seen a lot stranger.

"Hi. I don't speak your language," she says in English. "I'm a visitor from another world—uh, every star in the sky is another sun, really really far away, and some of them have other worlds around them—and I have information on the recent attack that killed half of your population." Then she repeats the message in Kree and Asgardian and six other galactic-standard languages. She doesn't expect them to understand any of them, but she needs to get them to talk long enough for her translator earpiece to pick up their language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lady Treesa bobs her head and smiles to be polite even though she doesn’t understand any of that at all! 

“I’m going to go fetch a Herald!” she offers brightly as soon as the strange woman seems to be done. "Reesa, Talli, why don't you get this nice lady some biscuits and tea?" 

She hitches up her skirts and bustles off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They offer the nice lady tea and biscuits! 

Permalink Mark Unread

And, within five minutes, Lady Treesa is back with a very young woman - a teenager, really, she looks about nineteen.

Except for her eyes, which are older than any human being's eyes ought to be. 

She frowns, and then - 

:Can you understand me?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this planet just went up several spots on her priority list.

Yes. Do many of your people have this...ability? To speak without words? Do you have other forms of magic as well?

I need to speak to whoever is in charge. Does the ruler of this country live here? It looked like the capital, from space. I have information that may help you to contextualize the recent attack.

She accepts the tea and biscuits but nibbles cautiously at them. These people look human, but who knows if their biology is remotely compatible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The tea doesn't taste exactly like Earth tea, and the biscuits have odd spices, but other than that it all seems as expected! 

:We've got, er, thirty-nine Heralds with Mindspeech range of a mile or more?: Dara answers, half on rote. :And, you mean capital of Valdemar? Ruler is - me. I guess: 

She sounds very, very tired about this. 

:Um, if you're here with information, though, you probably want Leareth? He's not ruling a country or anything but he, er, knows the most things:

Permalink Mark Unread

This person is not old enough to be ruling a country but she's definitely seen people ruling in the aftermath of the Snap who seemed less prepared. And more happy about it, which is probably worse.

I intend to carry this message to all political entities and other factions on this planet who might be tempted to interpret recent events as the wrath of their gods or some other excuse for violence against their enemies. It is not.

Uh...I don't know what your scientific knowledge is like, but I saw a decent-looking observatory coming in so I'm going to assume that you know that planets go around suns and such. Well, every star in the sky is a sun, and many of them have their own planets around them, a small fraction with their own life, and a small fraction of those with intelligent species. But the universe is big. There are millions of inhabited worlds known to us—a few thousand with the tech level necessary to participate in the galactic community. We do not generally initiate contact with worlds as early in their development as yours, but I think that these circumstances warrant it.

The being who did this is named Thanos, and he does not even know that your world in particular exists. He...believes that life is doomed to destroy itself by multiplying until it consumes all available resources. He believes that this could only be prevented by the murder of one-half of all sentient beings, at random. He has acquired a set of extremely powerful magical artifacts, more powerful than anything your world has ever encountered, and used them to do this, on every world, everywhere. You are not alone in your suffering, and there are people with special abilities like mine working tirelessly to defeat him and undo his work.

(She doesn't mention the part where the entire solar system in which he was believed to be hiding was destroyed by a supernova that shouldn't have happened, and the Infinity Stones were nowhere to be found in the rubble.)

Normally I would end the speech there. However, because you seem to be magic-users of some kind, I will make the offer. There is a group of such specially powered people assembled on another world. If you would like to send some of your own to join the fight, I can transport you to them.

If there is anything you think I need to know about other political factions here, please tell me now. I will be verifying anything negative you tell me and will not be taking a side in any local conflict, so do not attempt to recruit me to do so. Also, tell me more about this 'Leareth'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara's mind halfheartedly follows half a dozen thoughts and trails off, as the woman speaks. 

She wonders about the observatory. Leareth's, she's sort of assuming, less because she has any particular reason to believe that and more because her prior, at this point, is that any impressive project that she's never heard of was probably him. For all she knows, he was even the scholar who originally discovered that planets go around suns - though, honestly, it could have been Urtho. 

(Thinking of Urtho reminds her of the Tower, and thus of Vanyel, and she flinches away from the pointless stab of loss.) 

She thinks 'Thanos' is a stupid-sounding name and his plan sounds even stupider. 

Leareth would want to know about his absurdly powerful artifacts, though, she's pretty sure of that. 

 

 

 

 

Oh, right, she's probably supposed to answer or something. Being ruler of a country is terrible. 

:...Um, we know it wasn't the gods. Someone, er, talked to one of Them and we confirmed that. They have Foresight and didn't see it coming. Said it came from the outside: 

Which fits if it was someone from another world. Dara would normally be a lot more skeptical of that claim, she thinks distantly, but - it explains an awful lot, really. 

:And Leareth is -: 

Dara is suddenly wishing that she'd spent more time coming up with a short but accurate summary of Leareth as a person. Though maybe that's stupid too, it's not like she saw this coming. 

Whatever. 

:Leareth is an immortal mage, he's about two thousand years old and before this was, er, fighting the gods. He was going to conquer our kingdom as part of his plan to make a new nicer god that would fix everything: She will maybe leave out the part about all the murder, it's not like that's relevant anymore. :He had a prophetic dream with - one of our people: (another stab of grief), :who died when, um, when the thing happened. Anyway. We were expecting to end up at war with Leareth, but after the - thing happened - he opened communications and offered help instead. Which is the only reason things aren't a lot worse. He's - very smart - and very good at magic - I bet he'd want to help you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this young queen or whatever she is clearly wants nothing to do with this and probably won't start any wars. Leareth sounds much more concerning on that front, but the queen's impression nonetheless seems positive, and she will let that color her own.

Also, this world has gods that people actually talk to. That wasn't the sort of gods she was concerned about, though.

Very well. I am sure you have things to attend to. I will go see Leareth. Use this if you need my help—if, for example, you are attacked. She hands her a black device whose screen displays a gold star on a red and blue background.

She takes off and flies north, landing in the middle of what she assumes must be Leareth's camp, near where she saw the observatory.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Leareth has people in Haven, who Dara alerted as soon as Lady Treesa came to grab her, and they have communication-spell artifacts, and so Leareth's organization receives word of the woman from another world before she even departs from Haven.) 

Leareth's encampment in the north is mostly underground or shielded by illusion-spells or very unobtrusive, but the area near the observatory, which itself is nestled between two peaks of a range of icecapped mountains, has the densest concentration of aboveground structures - as well as a much larger total volume of underground rooms, dug into the mountain itself. 

It's very cold, even now in early summer. A cluster of people emerge from one of the buildings and look at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth isn't onsite, but as soon as he gets word of where the stranger landed, he prepares to head over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello, she thinks as loudly as she can, if that makes a difference. I am a visitor from another world with information on the attack that killed half your population. I would like to speak to Leareth, whom I believe is your leader?

Permalink Mark Unread

The strongest Thoughtsenser on site is mindreading her in an attempt to get more information (from the shelter of a building, out of site) and so this comes across very clearly. 

One of the people, a woman in her fifties, steps forward. :Welcome. He's on his way from another site right now– oh, never mind, he's here, he's just coming up from the basement:

Permalink Mark Unread

The Gate-threshold is underground; it's a lot easier to shield, that way. 

Leareth heads up, but pauses before leaving the underground section, reaching out to the Thoughtsenser reading the stranger for a report on anything she's thinking and not saying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks someone who's planning to fight gods is probably a good ally to have at the moment but is a little leery about the whole "invading Valdemar" thing. This looks like, and based on the Valdemaran queen's description definitely is, a terrorist organization. Also, being the only immortal on a planet is rarely an indicator of being a good person.

She's fought with worse. She's fought for worse, though she didn't remember who she was while she was doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

About a minute later, a man and a woman people emerge from the building together, shrugging on warm cloaks against the wind. 

The woman is tall and very dark-skinned, but with a frizz of startlingly white hair, and crystal-blue eyes. She moves like someone trained in martial arts. 

She's also watching the man out of the corner of her eye, with something like concern. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Judging by the way everyone's eyes turn towards him, the man is the one in charge. 

He gives off an impressively intense vibe of being - vigilant, careful, in control. Dangerous.

Aside from that, though, he looks incredibly tired, much moreso than the young maybe-queen-or-something of Valdemar did. His expression is completely neutral, revealing nothing, but his eyes aren't quite focusing, and he moves like someone who isn't, entirely, in the same physical space as everyone else around him.

:You wished to speak with me: he says, and his mindvoice conveys most of the same things except five times as much. He doesn't sound curious. He sounds like someone who's forgotten what curiosity means. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, he's very stressed out. That's, maybe, not the healthiest response to a completely out-of-context danger that's orders of magnitude more powerful than oneself, but it's one indicative of a potential superhero.

Yes. The current ruler of Valdemar recommended that I see you. She thought you might be willing to help me. I am fighting the one who did this to you.

His name is Thanos. He did it in order to...because he believed that life would destroy itself if its growth were left unchecked. He used a set of extremely powerful magical artifacts. We call them the Infinity Stones. The full set, if you possess the strength of will to wield them, grants one effective omnipotence. Any task you can conceive of can be done with the snap of your fingers. And Thanos' wish...was to wipe out half of all sentient beings in the universe. Not only this world—there are millions, with trillions of lives. You are not alone in this fight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Starting from 'I am fighting the one who did this to you', he's suddenly intently and entirely focused on her. Which is a lot of - something - a degree of presence that most normal people would find utterly terrifying. 

He listens. Calculation flashes behind his eyes. Horror and anger, quickly controlled. His eyes narrow at 'effective omnipotence', then widen at 'trillions of lives'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And then on the last sentence, his breath puffs out slightly, his expression goes flat and empty, and he's suddenly - not there, whatever his eyes are seeing it isn't her. 

 

 

 

 

He's been trying for weeks to make sense of this, and what she's saying is critical and there should be hope in it, but instead - 

- for weeks he's been having nightmares of the Cataclysm. Scenes he doesn't, actually, remember, or that he never saw at all in life. A tower going up like a candle under a mage's fireball. 

A silver-haired man with the sharp curiosity gone from his blue eyes, alone in the last seconds of his life, choosing to burn his legacy and everything he ever built because in his eyes his pupil had betrayed him.

In his nightmares, it's all the same thing, somehow, the mysterious snuffing-out of millions of lives across an entire world, and Urtho is there and he doesn't need to say it, for Leareth - for Ma'ar - to know that it was his fault - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki has spent weeks watching Leareth hold everything together around her, and then, at night, trying to help him eke out a few candlemarks of sleep in the least stupid ways she can think of, and she's scared, for everyone and everything and the future of humanity but mostly for him. 

He has a talisman against Thoughtsensing, of course, but not against her other Sight, and she flinches at the motion rippling through his mind. Reaches for his arm. 

:Leareth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wishes Vanyel were here. 

Vanyel would be - better at this. Wouldn't be drowning in his own wounded pride, that he didn't see a danger coming from ANOTHER WORLD, one of millions - 

- trillions of lives and half of them gone and surely he should be able to feel that, he can do math, but he doesn't feel anything right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth. Focus: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth drags himself back from a sky on fire. Tries to look at the woman. 

:Of course I will help you. ...What was he thinking, he could have done anything he wanted and the best plan he could think of was this...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

No one has any idea what Thanos was thinking.

Okay. I am—occupied, trying to keep uncontacted worlds like yours from tearing themselves apart in the chaos. But there is a group of individuals with...various special abilities, gathered on another world, who are focused on fighting him directly. I can transport you and a small group of your people to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is an enormous backlog of emotions trying to claw its way loose from somewhere emotions shouldn't even BE, and Leareth does not have time for that right now. 

:I understand. Our world is - doing well enough, I think, on that front. There is considerable chaos but, I think, mostly not in ways that you could mitigate by - sharing the information you just did with others. My organization can convey the news to other governments, if that simplifies your work, we are already in communication with...most of the governments that still exist:

A pause.

:I wish to coordinate with Valdemar on - whether any of their people will volunteer. How long may I take before it will delay or inconvenience you. ...Also, what is the maximum headcount you can transport: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have already spent too long here. However, you can contact me at any time and I will be here within hours. Just press the button on this. She hands him another pager.

I can transport three, maybe four, unaided. A much larger number, if you have or can build an airtight structure capable of holding them. I will need to fly them through space, and my own shields against the vacuum have a limited range.

Also, I realized I've forgotten to introduce myself. Captain Carol Danvers, United States Air Force (with all the mental connotations of what the US and its Air Force are and do), though most now call me Captain Marvel, after my mentor.

Permalink Mark Unread

He accepts the pager from her. :Thank you. I - am honoured to meet you, Captain Marvel: 

It sounds like he means it, though the overtones behind the genuine gratitude are...complicated. 

:We will have more than four, I think. How much force does this airtight structure need to withstand?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Atmospheric pressure is approximately 100,000 Newtons per square meter, where a person under standard gravity weighs approximately 700 Newtons and a meter is—about this big. She uses her arms to illustrate. The pressure in space is zero, so the vessel will need to withstand that much pressure from the inside to remain habitable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. He seems to follow this without difficulty. :Does it also need to withstand strong acceleration or do you have a way of cancelling those forces: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That should not be an issue. My flight uses a—method of motion which is not bound by the normal laws of physics. Otherwise my speed would be far too limited to travel easily between worlds.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. And very convenient for your mission, I imagine: 

Leareth bows his head briefly. :Thank you. You can go - we shall contact you once we are ready: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Goodbye, Leareth. And good luck.

She flies off.

Permalink Mark Unread

They go inside. 

Leareth heads straight for one of the private rooms and sits down and closes his eyes. 

:Nayoki, please arrange to have the best artificers in the organization here within a candlemark: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: 

She is going to delegate the HELL out of that task, to the nearest Mindspeaker in range. 

:...Leareth. Are you sure you are - ready for this -?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I do not see why that is relevant: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives him the Look that means he's being dense.

:It is relevant if you might suddenly have a breakdown in the middle of an emergency because you are refusing to address any of your emotions about this: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sighs. 

:I do not foresee that happening. Do you?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Maybe! I have no idea what might happen when you are– when you are in this state: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's only response to this is a slightly raised eyebrow. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Also you are NOT SLEEPING. Which I feel is objectively very concerning: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs again. :I am sure that this world with highly advanced technology where we are apparently going has better solutions to that problem than we do: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki groans out loud. :Leareth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't answer for a long time. 

 

 

:- Fine. I admit that I - could certainly be coping better. I think the same could be said for everyone still alive on this planet. And, apparently, on millions of others. I really do not think the correct strategy here is to delay any longer: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki closes her eyes. Lets out her breath, heavily. 

:I know. Just - you can delegate, all right? And then...just try, to take some time for yourself, before we go. For my sake, at least: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I really think there is a great deal of preparation that I cannot delegate! ...I suppose if I do have an inconveniently timed emotional breakdown, you are allowed to say 'I told you so':

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is not going to reward that with an answer. 

At least she can tell herself she tried. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Two candlemarks later, and five hundred miles away -

"I'm going. That's final."

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara makes an exasperated sound and puts her head down on the tabletop. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil rolls her eyes at the ceiling. 

"Look. You have thirty mages from Leareth's goddamned army. All of whom are better trained than me, AND decades younger. You do not need me. At all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine. Damn it. Savil, I know you might prefer to go off on a suicidal revenge mission, but I want you back in one piece, all right? I outrank you and that's an order."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's a really stupid order, you know." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. "We both know you're just jealous that you can't get vengeance with us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Savil!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dara, we all want revenge. No point pretending. I'll do my best on your behalf, all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara starts to answer, but for some reason the words get stuck and what comes out instead is a giggle which is half a sob, and then she can't stop laughing at - what - at how STUPID all this is, everything she's been saying in this conversation, she's not even twenty who is she to pretend that she knows what she's doing... 

:You win, I guess: she sends, since she's too busy laughcrying to talk out loud. :Just promise you'll get drunk with me before you leave. Oh, and if you could give me a head's up who else I'm going to be having this fight with?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh for the sake of all the gods, now SHE has the stupidcryinggiggles too.

:- Don't let Lady Treesa invite herself. She's going to try to insist we need someone to bring us tea and biscuits if we're going to go save the worl– guess I can't say that, can I. All the worlds. The universe? Gods, that sounds even more pretentious: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. :I think sending her off with you is the best idea I've heard all week. She can go thematically decorate SOMEONE ELSE'S meeting-rooms in different-coloured streamers every day. It'll be good for her: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hate you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What? We've got word from above that apparently Leareth is really sad and stressed, can you think of anything better for that than flinging Lady Treesa at him? She'll be all over it, too, she knows he and Van were friends: 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Savil starts to form a snappy comeback about how oh are we all rounding it off to 'friends' now, but...actually, nevermind, that hurts way too much to face and suddenly it's not funny anymore. 

She pushes back her chair. Clears her throat, which is misbehaving for some reason. "I'd better, er, start getting ready." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Melody has been having her own version of this fight with Gemma, the current unwilling dean of Healers' and her lifelong best friend. 

:- All right, look. I'm not– this isn't me stealing some Herald's unhealthy drive to be a self-sacrificing hero. I just - I can't - I need to not be in Haven, all right? It's too much, I just - if I have to talk to one more person who's grieving someone I used to sit with at lunch sometimes then I might explode. I need to be somewhere else. Which isn't here. This is me being selfish, right now, and I'm telling you that I need this: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar doesn't even ask. He just starts packing his (very few) possessions. 

:Are you sure you want to come with me?: he asks his sister. :They asked for mages: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Apparently the world that lady came from does not even have Mindspeech! I can talk to animals. It might be useful: She punches him lightly in the arm. :And someone needs to darn your robes when you rip them like the big oaf you are: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri goes to Dara's office. Late at night, so she won't run into anyone in the hallway. 

"Yfandes and I are going." 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's so tired. 

"Sure. No one's about to stop you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Huh. Really? I - thought I'd have to argue with you. Didn't you have a fight with Savil about it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Dara lays her hands flat on the desktop. Mostly so Shavri won't see that she's shaking. Probably it's just because she drank too much chava again. 

"I care about you and I want you to be all right and I - I don't like the idea of sending you on a suicide mission that - that's almost certainly not even going to work, right, if he could murder trillions of people by snapping his fingers... But it's not my call to make. And you've, you've more than paid any debts you owed to Valdemar, I - you - I don't have the right to ask anything of you." 

Oh no she's going to have to stop there because it'll just be embarrassing if she starts crying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri blinks away her own betraying tears. 

"Thank you. I - Dara - I, just..."

She swallows. "Take care of Valdemar for us." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will. I'll try." She gulps a little. "Can you - try to keep an eye out for Leareth? Seems like someone in his organization thought it was worth passing along to us that he's sad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aren't we all." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I think it might - actually be harder, for him? In some ways? I mean, he's...used to being powerful, right. He's used to - having spies all over the entire world, knowing everything that happens, having fingers in everyone else's pies, and then this - just came out of nowhere..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I did wonder. He must've been terrified, and he's - probably not used to that. Not like we are." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm." 

Dara closes her eyes, briefly, because she's having some sort of stupid emotion again. It's such a stupid emotion, it doesn't even deserve a name. 

"Well. Good luck and godspeed and get some delicious vengeance for me, all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

That earns her a tired smile. "I'll wrap some up in wax-paper and bring it home for you while it's still warm." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aww. As long as it's not literally Thanos' head on a platter. He's too gross to eat." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Take care, Dara." 

She leaves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. It's late enough that probably no one else will bother her, so Dara can lock the door and then cry into her wine because she is so incredibly not enough of a grownup for this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth works on their plans. Reviews the list of personnel to include. He helps his artificers and mages on the design for their airtight space travel capsule. Unfortunately he forgot to ask how long they would need to be able to breathe for inside it, but fortunately he has some old treatises from when he was an alchemy scholar 650 years ago, and it's not that much extra work to include some specific raw materials and then teach a dozen of his mages how to cast the spell that breaks down said materials and releases the breathable substance in air.

Air-of-life, Herald-Mage Sandra of Valdemar called it, when they separately made a similar discovery recently, but Herald-Mage Sandra is not available for this mission. 

 

 

 

 

In his free time, which exists, Leareth attempts some processing. He really does try. It's - still unclear how to do that, though? He's very, very, very angry, but he's also very sure he won't lose his temper and stupidly attack Thanos singlehanded if the opportunity arises. 

He wants Vanyel back. He wants to yell at reality that it made a stupid mistake, there - that, sure, whatever, Thanos had declared that half of all people had to die, but it should have picked someone else. Killing Vanyel was just inefficient and dumb and a bad plan. 

Leareth is aware that going on angry tirades at reality is never a helpful strategy, and he still can't seem to stop doing it. 

He is...sort of...sleeping better? He can usually fall asleep, at least, with only the sort of mild sedatives that are reasonably safe to use long-term. He's not sleeping through the night, but who is, right now? 

In addition to the stupid Cataclysm nightmares, he keeps dreaming about Vanyel. In the pass, just like the Foresight dream, and then his mind replays over and over and over the moment that he watched Vanyel dissolve in front of him. He doesn't know what the POINT is of reliving this several hundred times is, but whatever, maybe the part of his mind that produces dreams knows something here that he doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki isn't not worried, but Leareth does seem to be keeping it together, maybe a little better than before? Not worse, at least. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The preparations take a week. 

In the end, they have thirty-two Gifted volunteers, counting both Leareth's people and Valdemar's.

(Valdemar requested two spots for Companions despite only one Herald being on the list, which is odd, but Nayoki was handling that and didn't see the point in flagging it for Leareth's attention.) 

The capsule has forty spots. Well, thirty-eight, the Companions need double. Leareth intends to ask Captain Marvel about the wisdom of bringing noncombatant support staff - well, un-Gifted, technically several of the volunteers aren't per se combat experienced. Though Leareth is personally familiar with the various ways that both Healing and Mindhealing can be used offensively... 

There is discussion on where to stage. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara feels that 'being cautious about trusting Leareth' is really stupid, given all the many many givens, and obviously Leareth should just come to Haven with his people if that's simplest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. The capsule is fairly transportable; it needs a big Gate, but not infeasibly big. 

They relocate to Haven. Leareth sits inside the capsule; he is not especially interested in talking to the Heralds right now. 

He uses the pager, and calls Captain Marvel, and waits. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the Valdemaran half of the team trickles in. 

"Leareth." Savil slips in and takes a random seat in the capsule. The seats are arranged in descending concentric circles, tightly packed but comfortable. "Nice interior. Your design?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mostly I delegated it." Leareth isn't in the mood for chitchat, and doesn't lift his eyes from the notes he's reviewing. "Herald-Mage Savil, right? My condolences on your losses." He says it tonelessly, and goes back to reading. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil can take hints. Or, well, Kellan can, and lately there's been a LOT of FEELINGS happening in Savil's vicinity and so she's cheating nearly all the time at reading body language via letting her Companion watch through her eyes. 

:- So, what do you think?: she asks him. 

     :Of Leareth?: 

Impatient wordless mental noise.

     :He seems tense: 

:Yes, I can see THAT. I meant, should I be, er, worried or something. Dara seemed to be: 

     :Dara can't mother-hen him from a different star system: 

:Heh. Guess that's why she tried to delegate it to every single other person on this mission: 

     Kellan's flank swells and settles. :Chosen, no offence, but you're - not exactly the best person for that: 

Savil bites back a chuckle. :No kidding: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri trails in a few minutes later, carrying two laden travel-packs. 

"Leareth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He lifts his eyes to hers. "Healer Shavri. I am sorry for your loss." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri lets the travel-bags slide to the floor, landing with a thump. "For at least one case, it was both our losses. Vanyel would've wanted to be here." 

 

 

- she's not even looking at his face and she can still tell that the words hit a lot harder than she was intending. Expecting. Something. 

"I'm sorry," she says at her shoes, and she's not sure if it's her own condolences for his grief or an apology for bringing it up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

'Are you all right' isn't just a stupid question these days, it's downright rude. Shavri keeps it to herself, and starts stuffing her bags - mostly full of everything she thought she might want if she's about to be the only Gifted Healer around - into one of the cargo areas. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Shavri. Could you help me with the door -: 

And the mysterious second Companion, which Leareth wasn't even warned about, joins them. 

 

 

 

Yfandes isn't a Mindhealer. She's not even trying to read Leareth with Thoughtsensing and it wouldn't work if she was. 

She is, nonetheless, a Companion of Valdemar - an unusually broken instance of said class, but still. Companions...have a particular sense for minds. Not one that they talk about, much, or are even very consciously aware of. 

Yfandes sees him. Not very clearly, not undistorted; it's like a fragmented reflection in a broken mirror which is also underwater for some reason; but there's one mind that she once knew in all its messy intricate glorious detail. In Leareth, there are reflections of Vanyel, and the part of her where a bond was once rooted recognizes, and remembers. 

 

 

She sees a loss too broad to encompass, too deep to swallow - a pain that can't ever, quite, be seen clearly enough to transmute into grief. A loadbearing foundation ripped away, and no choice but to build over it anyway...

She feels the desperate tension inherent in a goal both impossible and essential - she sees a shape tied to the world, not by duty, never by duty, just by...being what it is. A pattern that can't and won't walk away, no matter the cost. The same path chosen at the crossroads, however many times it has to. 

She smells the rage that has nowhere to go. Anger wants to break something, but no amount of vengeance will bring back the dead. 

She tastes despair. A familiar flavour of it. A child's mute uncomprehending helplessness in the face of an unknown, uncaring, unpredictable world – and it doesn't stop, no amount of power and knowledge eases it, but it doesn't, really, get in the way either. It's just there. 

And, of course, the weariness. Vanyel was weary. It never stopped him, and it won't stop Leareth, and Yfandes sees and recognizes and remembers and knows...

Permalink Mark Unread

Being seen hurts. 

Everything hurts, though, and Leareth is too busy reading to notice immediately that this particular hurting is new and different. 

Finally he looks up, and freezes. 

 

 

 

:...Yfandes?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth. I'm - so, so sorry -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I ought be the one saying that to you, surely: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Horseshit. We can both be sorry: 

Yfandes wriggles into one of the Companion-spots. Settles herself down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Saying that he's surprised she survived is inane and he won't subject her to that.

Leareth tries to go back to reading, but his eyes are doing the thing where they won't focus properly and the writing won't come clear. 

 

 

:I watched him die: 

- what, he didn't mean to say that at ALL, or he doesn't think he did, it just - happened...

Permalink Mark Unread

:You what– oh. In the Foresight dream? ....Gods. What a nightmare: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Indeed. Often the literal content of my actual nightmares, now: 

That was ALSO an inane thing to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It gets him a bark of bitter mental laughter, at least. :Can't blame you. I - at least he, he wasn't alone - did he know, do you think, did he - feel it happening...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth considers this for a moment. 

:I think so, yes: 

He thinks about it some more, which is painful, but he owes Vanyel's Companion that much and more. 

:...I do not think he was afraid. Or in pain. He seemed -: what was the final expression in Vanyel's face, :- he seemed annoyed:

Permalink Mark Unread

:How sensible. I bet if you'd dissolved into dust, you'd have been irritated about it too: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is he suddenly about to cry. Leareth wasn't expecting that at all. It's very confusing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes can tell when someone needs a minute to themselves. She can especially tell when Leareth does, apparently, because his mind - the angles she can see of it - does some of the same motions that Vanyel's used to do when he was overwhelmed.  

She falls silent. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes and holds his head in his hands and waits for the world to go away for Captain Marvel to arrive. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her several hours. She's in the middle of deescalating a succession dispute that's about to turn into a coup by a newly formed order of religious fanatics on a world even lower-tech than Velgarth, but a pager-call from Leareth is at least arguably higher priority.

She lands in Haven and goes aboard, looking for Leareth.

This is more than adequate, she says, when she finds him. Actually quite impressive, for your apparent tech level. If you are ready to depart please give the signal to get everyone aboard.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would have been a much harder engineering challenge if he had to worry about weight, which he didn’t given her physics-defying transport plan. The capsule is sturdy and rather overbuilt.

:Our visible tech level should not be taken as indicative of what I can do. We have magic, and also I have been trying to advance our technology for centuries and our
 gods kept sabotaging my plans and assassinating me: 

Leareth doesn’t sound especially worked-up about this, just matter-of-fact and tired. 

:Also, where are we going? We have some volunteers for un-Gifted support roles, if our destination is appropriate for that:

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a mental note to look into these "gods" when this is over. There's several worlds with extremely questionable policies on interference in primitive cultures, but she doesn't know of any that go so far as to artificially restrict their subjects' technological development.

We're going to Earth, she says. My home-world. Not the highest-tech place in the galaxy—not even a part of the galactic community, as far as the average citizen is concerned—but it produces an unusual number of...people with various special abilities. There's a group of such people called the Avengers who are mostly from Earth and have their headquarters there. That's who I'm taking you to.

However, their tech level is much higher than yours, ignoring magic or special abilities, and the population is...three to four billion, post-Thanos. I don't know how their governments are functioning, probably not well, but I doubt that your support personnel would be worthwhile.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Noted: Leareth glances around the interior of the capsule. :We have almost everyone: 

Nayoki is currently talking to Dara. Nearby, though. Leareth reaches out with a Mindtouch. :Departure imminent, please come in and do the headcount: 

He turns back to Captain Marvel. :How long a journey ought we be expecting? We have supplies and magic for reprocessing the air to keep it breathable for up to ten days. I assume it will not take that long but it seemed a good contingency to have: 

(Leareth has spent about twenty hours in the last week on devising a spell for a 'reverse fire' - splitting the not-itself-breathable waste product of humans breathing air into the breathable component and black carbon. It was not, per se, a GOOD use of his time, but it was interesting and consumed his full attention and he had a lot of hours in the middle of the night when he was failing to sleep anyway.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Several hours. Most of that will be spent leaving your solar system and entering Earth's—there's no hard limit on my speed, but traveling faster than lightspeed within a billion kilometers of a star can be disastrous.

I don't think that will be long enough to use up all your available oxygen, but this ship is pretty tightly packed. I definitely recommend using any available method of CO2 scrubbing you have.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes him a moment to parse that and map over her understanding of the concepts to his own, and then he actually smiles, at least for half a second. :I invented a magical technique for it, since I expected it would come up: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki reaches the capsule. Does a very quick headcount against the paper list she's carrying. :We have everyone: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then after Captain Marvel is outside the capsule, Leareth will seal it up! 

:I assume you are not easily damaged, but the heat-shedding area is here: He shows her a mental schematic. It was easiest to make the capsule perfectly insulated, mostly via magic laid on the metal itself, and then separately build in reverse-weather-barrier type cooling spells to radiate excess heat, since vacuum won't let them do it any other way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They've accumulated a fairly large audience of curious Heralds and other locals! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Lady Treesa is disappointed at not being invited after all, but will console herself by throwing rose petals in a vaguely celebratory way! 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is not, in fact, going to be damaged by a radiator. Separately, she hopes the capsule is able to handle re-entry, although she can let them down slowly enough for that not to be an issue if she needs to.

She lifts the capsule over her head without any apparent effort and lifts off into space. She carries them at sublight speed to the point where the star's gravity well is no longer a hazard, then flies in a matter of seconds to the edge of Sol system and repeats the procedure in reverse.

She sets them down on the landing pad at the Avengers headquarters north of New York City.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Avengers have gathered outside to watch the landing. A man in a blue uniform approaches her.

"Uh, hello. Who are you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Captain Carol Danvers, US Air Force. You may not have heard of me because I've been protecting planets you haven't heard of either since the 90s."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Captain Steve Rogers, US Army. You may not have heard of me because I was frozen in the Arctic ice cap in the 90s.

"What's that thing? Not any spaceship I've ever seen, though I'm no expert."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Captain America? You're alive?

"This ship was built by the roughly-medieval-tech magic users who are inside. I found them on a routine peacekeeping mission and they wanted to help, so I had them build a vessel so I could carry them here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Magic users and women who can carry ships unaided through space. His strangeness reflex is so thoroughly broken that he simply notes the information disinterestedly.

"Alright. If they're magic users with low tech Strange should probably interface. Doctor—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright."

When the door opens he goes aboard.

:I am Dr. Stephen Strange, Sorcerer Supreme: he broadcasts. :On behalf of the Avengers, welcome to Earth.:

Permalink Mark Unread

There are about thirty people packed into the capsule like sardines. They all have the familiar tired haunted eyes of people who’ve watched their lives - their loved ones - crumble in front of them. A few are glaring around curiously, but most regard Doctor Strange with the flat looks of people whose strangeness reflexes are just as broken as Captain America’s.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri isn’t even looking; she has her eyes closed, cheek propped on her fist.

She is, however, reading every single mind in her range because why the hell not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth stands up. His expression and body language are controlled, neutral, giving nothing away.

His own Othersenses are mainly attentive to any signs of local magic. Nayoki can do the mindreading.


:My name is Leareth: he answers, with a tight nod. :We were very glad to hear of your efforts, and will do anything and everything we can to help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason, in addition to the humans, there are two - horses???? - in the capsule? They’re snowy white, with blue eyes that are more forward-facing than seems right, and watching Strange with eerie humanlike alertness and intelligence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange is thinking that it's kinda weird there are human Masters of the Mystic Arts on a planet he'd never heard of. He's also a little unsure of the "collect every possible ally from everywhere" strategy. At this point new people are just as likely to get in his way as anything. He doesn't begrudge them their desire to fight, though.

To Leareth's magic-sensing he will show up as...maybe a mage? Definitely something similar, but not exactly the same.

:Let's get your people off this ship, and then we can compare situations and resources. Also, what's with the horses? We have slightly faster methods of transport here.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the Avengers are feeling a familiar deep grief mixed with powerful determination. It's a familiar set of feelings to anyone who's been around Leareth recently. Most of them didn't have close loved ones besides each other, but they grieve for the entire world.

There are also some people inside the building who are...not human. Magical, somehow, but not Gifted in the familiar sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is - wow - mostly what she feels right now is gratitude. It’s going to be so good for Leareth, to be around people who are…on his level, like him, can understand why when Captain Marvel arrived, a week later he had solved half a dozen novel technical problems just to get them here, now…

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri doesn’t have much room for emotions at all. She doesn’t trust these people yet. She thinks this ‘Doctor Strange’ seems confident in himself to the degree of arrogance and is probably a bit of a jerk. She knows the type; she can work with that. She wonders vaguely what this world’s medical knowledge is like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth would be curious about the nonhuman not-mages, but instead he’s busy riding out a wash of overwhelming emotional distress because, stupidly, he had the thought that Vanyel would have wanted so badly to be here…

:Of course: He gestures for the others to start existing the capsule.

Permalink Mark Unread

:We’re people actually: Yfandes throws in as she ambles past Strange. :We volunteered as well:

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, intelligent horses probably rank under intelligent raccoons on the weirdness index.

He leads them all to the largest conference room for the briefing. Everything in the facility is metal and glass and a style of architecture that probably feels both incredibly cool and disconcertingly alien to Velgarth people.

:Thirty-three days ago, this guy came to Earth,: he says, projecting an illusion of Thanos. :Name of Thanos. Obsessed with 'balancing' the universe, which apparently means murdering half the population. Was looking for these—: he adds the Infinity Stones. :Infinity Stones. No one knows where they came from, they've been around since the beginning of time. Make you basically God, if you get all six and they don't kill you. Anyway, I had one, before Thanos took it.: (He leaves out the part about giving it to him voluntarily, that's a little high-context.) :The Time Stone. I used it to look into the future. There wasn't any way to stop him then and there, but we could undo it. This—isn't the one good future I saw, but it's not any of the bad ones either.

:So he got all of the Stones. Snapped his fingers, half of everyone died. Including me. I ended up in the afterlife and the god of death, who was kind of pissed off by all of this—his wife got Snapped, among other problems—sent me back to finish Thanos off. I woke up in a paradise populated by other gods and this semi-magical immortal species called elves, who are featured in a popular fantasy novel here that none of us knew was actually true. We discovered the existence of another set of super-powerful magic shiny rocks—: he adds the Silmarils to the illusion—:and we collected them. Brought back the elf who made them from the dead, and eventually his sons as well. Tried to use one to kill Thanos, but it failed, so one of the goddesses took matters into her own hands and supernova'd his entire solar system. He escaped with the help of an evil minor god who snuck out of god prison when we rescued the guy who made the other shiny rocks. We don't currently know where either of them are.

:The original plan involved traveling back in time to retrieve alternate versions of the Infinity Stones, so we're currently working on that, alongside various tasks in making sure this whole damned world doesn't fall apart. If you give me a brief summary of your magic I'll see how you can fit into our various efforts.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that explains the supernova. Good to know whoever did it is at least plausibly friendly.

She has galactic peacekeeping to get back to. She says a quick goodbye to Leareth and the Avengers, and is on her way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is having so many thoughts.

Each thread he tries to start, keeps getting disrupted midstream by an ENTIRELY NEW set of thoughts. 

No one knows where they came from, they've been around since the beginning of time.

Someone has been failing SO INCREDIBLY HARD at being curious - which would be understandable, if their only opportunity had arrived after the Snap, but one, he's fairly sure that isn't the case, and two, that would be an indictment in itself - 

Make you basically God, if you get all six and they don't kill you.

What. 

(There are half a dozen layers of emotional reaction that Leareth COULD have, here, if there were space for it, which there isn't -)

Anyway, I had one, before Thanos took it.

What.

He leaves out the part about giving it to him voluntarily, that's a little high-context.

(Leareth sees this thought, of course, and leaves it aside for the moment. More importantly, so does Nayoki, who - understands "high context" and reads as much as she can and then moves on.)

The Time Stone. I used it to look into the future. There wasn't any way to stop him then and there, but we could undo it. 

That's...understandable? Good strategy, given their constraints. Also. WHAT.

So he got all of the Stones. Snapped his fingers, half of everyone died.

....Vanyel, dissolving into dust no he has to NOT think about that right now, there's work to do - 

Including me.

What. What. WHAT.

I ended up in the afterlife and the god of death, who was kind of pissed off by all of this—his wife got Snapped, among other problems—sent me back to finish Thanos off.

Leareth....is so confused about what the locals even mean by 'gods'. 

I woke up in a paradise populated by other gods and this semi-magical immortal species called elves, who are featured in a popular fantasy novel here that none of us knew was actually true.

....He has officially given up at making sense of anything, anymore. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth can, operating almost entirely on automatic, give a summary of what mage-gift and all the other Gifts represented here can do. It doesn't take much thought. His mind is mostly elsewhere. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The moment Leareth mentions Thoughtsensing, he throws up a shield to block unauthorized access to the inside of his head, leaving open only deliberate communication. And then he does the same thing to the rest of the team's, with alerts if anyone tries to breach them.

:I realize that you have probably been reading our minds. I understand this, given the unfamiliarity of the situation, but you will find yourself unable to continue. If you have questions, please ask.

:Your 'mage-gift' appears similar to my own abilities, although its internal workings may be different. We should conduct experiments to determine if I can learn your spells and vice versa.: He demonstrates a portal and a shield. :However, your world's mind-manipulation magic is more powerful than anything we have. It might be useful for incapacitating Thanos before he can use the Infinity Stones, which render him invincible but do require deliberate effort to use.

:Our current hope for time travel involves a technology which allows a person to be shrunk to a scale where the structure of space-time is no longer smooth. However, the creator of this technology is dead and we are dependent on a very limited supply of a necessary resource. If your magic could replicate this shrinking effect, that would also be extremely useful.:

Then, as an afterthought—:If you have Mindhealers to spare, there are a lot of civilians on this planet who need help processing what's going on. No more than those on your own world, of course, and more than you can hope to help, but we would nonetheless appreciate it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is startled by the sudden shields! She backs off immediately, though, and shows very little reaction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is unsurprised by Doctor Strange's reaction to the Thoughtsensing revelation; he just nods in quiet acknowledgement. He's already prodded Nayoki to back off. By this point, she knows what she needs to. 

He nods, again, at the proposal of conducting experiments. His eyelids flicker at the mention of their world's mind-manipulating magic being unprecedented -  

- and he goes completely still, for a few seconds, when the shrinking technology is mentioned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. The stranger seems to be done with his speech and Leareth doesn't seem to be answering so Melody might as well go ahead. 

:I'm, er, a Mindhealer. I assume your world has never heard of the Gift for it and the thing you mean is - different in some way - but I wouldn't mind helping people process what happened. As long as it's people here and not back in Velgarth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:One moment: Leareth interrupts, lifting a hand. 

His mind is spinning, trying to follow half a dozen trails at once, all equally useless because he's still lacking almost all of what he would need to make sense of this. 

The ability to shrink someone. How? 

A scale where spacetime is...no longer smooth? What. 

A mechanism for time travel - a limited resource... 

 

 

(It's not like it takes a lot of insight, here, to notice how desperately curious Urtho would be, if he were here, if he were still alive - if he hadn't died two thousand years ago in a desperate final effort to stop his former student - 

- Vanyel, speaking against a backdrop of ice and snow. You were his best student - because you cared too much -)

 

 

Leareth is not going to think about EITHER OF THEM right now. 

 

 

:- Until this moment, I would have placed very low odds that time travel were possible, or - this shrinking you mention... I cannot help directly. But our mage-gift comes with a sense for magic, and I would be happy to examine the 'resource' you use for this, and see if I can help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth explained your world's various Gifts to me,: he tells Melody. :I wouldn't know where you should begin, but your Gift would definitely be helpful.:

Then to Leareth—:I'm sure time travel is possible. Certainly with the Time Stone, but we don't have that. I saw the shrinking thing work in one of the futures I visited. The limited resource is called Pym Particles, they power the shrinking tech. I have no idea how they work—I'm not a physicist, but I'm pretty sure they don't work on my magic, anyway. The researchers are in the lab, which is down the hall that way—: he gestures. :I realize a lot of this is very confusing for you, given your world's limited knowledge, but they'll do their best to bring you up to speed.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am following just fine so far, actually: 

Leareth is not deliberately being snappy but it's slipping through a bit anyway. 

:I will go talk to the researchers. ...Oh, speaking of our world's mind-Gifts. Nayoki, my second-in-command, is a Mindhealer as Melody is, but - substantially more experienced at using the Gift in combat. It is rather flexible that way. You two ought speak: 

And he turns and heads off in the direction that Strange pointed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....At some point later - much later, probably, once it has a chance of being funny again - Nayoki is going to slap him for dumping this on her. 

She nods to Doctor Strange. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If Leareth is following this just fine he's doing much better than Strange is. (He lets his shield falter as he thinks this, in such a way that Leareth, if he's still paying attention, might think he didn't actually intend that thought to be heard. He really didn't mean to be condescending—it's just the reality of the situation that Leareth and his people are missing a lot of context here and failing to acknowledge that is going to cause a problem.)

:Could you—incapacitate someone nonviolently in such a way that they couldn't take any action to deflect it?: he asks Nayoki. :This may prove to be critical to our eventual fight with Thanos.:

Permalink Mark Unread

When Leareth reaches the lab he'll find it occupied by two men and three of the nonhumans with foreign magic that he sensed earlier. One of the nonhumans appears to have a non-organic body.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the men, who's wearing tight-fitting red-and-gold armor from the neck down, greets him in a language he can't understand, though he can read just enough of his thoughts to get the meaning of the words.

"Hey. So you're the new wizard. I'm Tony Stark." He holds out his hand to shake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth tenses slightly - he's been generally on edge, and thus especially isn't in the mood to touch strangers who he's just met - but he follows Tony's lead and shakes his hand. 

:To clarify, I do not actually speak your language. Yet. If you deliberately think words at me then I will pick them up: 

He would normally be so curious about the nonhumans and their alien magic, but curiosity is very tiring right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony recognizes Leareth's discomfort with the handshake, and makes it a short one.

"I know. I'm saying things aloud while thinking them at you to help you learn English," he says-and-broadcasts. "It worked really well for the elves. Don't let them know you speak a new language, though, they're easily distracted enough as is.

"By the way, I didn't catch your name—I can't just call you 'wizard' now that there's more than one of you—"

Permalink Mark Unread

It's too late; the elf with the non-organic body hears "new language" and his attention is immediately caught. He turns toward Leareth, and Leareth notices—he doesn't know why he didn't notice this before—that the elf has three extremely powerful magical artifacts apparently—embedded in his chest?

"I promise not to annoy you with questions about your language if you'll speak it aloud while thinking things at me like I'm doing now, instead of just saying everything over osanwë," he says-and-thinks the same way Tony did. (The last word carries a mental connotation of basically-but-not-quite-Mindspeech.)

"I'm Curufinwë Fëanáro, by the way; Fëanor for short," he adds. He doesn't bother attempting a handshake. "This is my son Curufinwë Atarinkë, and Calanáro Imbírtan, who isn't related but probably wishes he was." He gestures to the other two elves as he introduces them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other elves look briefly at Leareth as their names are mentioned, then go back to their work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Having to learn an entire new language, on top of everything else, sounds so exhausting. Leareth tries not to look too visibly weary at the suggestion. Maybe he can throw Nayoki at the problem, she's faster at picking up languages since she can cheat with Mindhealing. 

"I can do that," he says out loud in Valdemaran, while echoing it in Mindspeech. "My name is Leareth." He's not going to bother unpacking the difference between Velgarth mage-gifts and whatever it is that Strange does. "Doctor Strange said that you could explain where your research is at right now, with the - shrinking, and time travel, and the limited supply of particles that allow this?"

Being socially graceful is going to take more energy than he has right now. "Fëanor, I cannot help noticing your powerful magical artifacts - what are they?" Vague gesture at the elf's (artificial?) chest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Quantum Physics 101 for Wizards." He starts typing on his computer terminal as he speaks, bringing up visual aids on the holo-display. "Space and time are different dimensions of the same fundamental thing, which can bend—for example, this normally happens if you travel really really fast, although not in a way that's useful to us. However, at a very small scale, twenty-something orders of magnitude smaller than an atom, the structure of space-time is...naturally twisted, in a way that we could potentially navigate."

He holds up a tube of some kind of red fluid. "These are Pym particles. They can...somehow change the scale of matter, potentially down to the scales where we could use the natural twisting in spacetime to travel into the past. The problem is that we don't have nearly enough of them, and their inventor is dead, and we don't really know how they work."

(The Pym particles aren't magical, except in the very basic sense that magic involves manipulating the universe at a more fundamental level than ordinary physics, and they're...something very fundamental that should not be existing in isolation, but they definitely weren't made by any Velgarth Gift.)

"There's another aspect of this problem, as well. The geometry of space at this scale is...extremely complicated, and navigating it without getting lost is a very difficult mathematical problem. The computers are doing most of the number-crunching, but they can't produce creative solutions—you might be better at math than physics, it requires a lot less context."

Permalink Mark Unread

"These are the Silmarils. They capture the Light of Valinor, which is—an energy field that our gods created to slow the negative effects of time—we're immortal, see, and living in a world where everything else dies quickly is unpleasant. The actual light, as in radiation, is actually a side effect. However, it turns out that the principles the Valar used to make the energy field were quite general, and so the Silmarils are...quite a bit more versatile than is usually believed.

"Also, since I see you staring—no, this isn't my original body. I was resurrected by an unconventional method, and Earth didn't have the technology to produce a new organic body, although this is superior in most ways anyway.

"I've been operating on the assumption that Pym particles are something...in the same class as what the Silmarils capture. The stabilization medium is certainly similar to silma, although fluid and inferior in durability—the red color is just a dye added for presumably aesthetic reasons."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's head hurts. He can't tell whether this is because the concepts are genuinely hard or just because he's running on three weeks' worth of chronic sleep deprivation. 

"- I suspect I could work on the mathematical side of the routing problem, sure." It would be easiest to just do this, find a concrete problem he can absorb himself in and not think about any of the larger context, but that would be stupid. "The Pym particles - do not show up as directly magical to my Othersenses, at least not in a way that points at how I could make them, they are simply...odd, they ought not be stable and storable like this... The Silmarils do appear as very magically powerful. I might learn something from examining them more closely. Did the inventor leave any documentation on his research–"

Wait. Pause. He wasn't being nearly confused enough about the middle there -

"- Fëanor, you were resurrected? Was that - only possible because of your species' pre-existing immortality, or could it be done again - for example, to contact the inventor of the Pym particles...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pym destroyed most of his notes after his invention killed his wife."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If they're anything like the Silmarils, their design may not be the sort of thing that can be documented, anyway. But I will allow you to examine a Silmaril, under my supervision. They can be—extremely dangerous if tampered with badly.

"Normally the souls of mortals pass beyond the world and cease to exist within it; if they are preserved in some other place we do not know where or how. However, my understanding is that Mandos, who keeps the Halls of the Dead that are within the world, is holding Thanos' victims specifically here, and is willing to resurrect anyone who can contribute to the fight. I'm not sure how we'd contact him, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony shows Leareth the basics of how to use the computer and loads up the spacetime geometry simulation for him to experiment with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth picks up the computer usage skills and the geometry simulation a lot faster than he's picking up English. Earth's current understanding and theory on physics is a lot more advanced than what he had managed in Velgarth, even over millennia; he doesn't think any of it contradicts his own understanding, it's mostly that certain confusing physical phenomena were only discovered once Earth's technology had advanced to a certain point. And Velgarth, for the obvious reasons, never made it that far. 

The math behind it is complex and elegant and beautiful – and there's no particular loss or anger associated with it, unlike literally everything else right now.

Even studying the Silmarils under Fëanor's supervision is painful, because he keeps imagining how awed and curious Vanyel would be. Leareth manages half an hour of this and then delegates that entire side of things to Nayoki and Savil. 

He very responsibly stops working at a reasonable time, puts thorough shields on whatever room they offer him to stay in, and tries to sleep. This is not especially successful, and well before Earth's dawn, he's back in the lab on the geometry-simulating software, staring at visualizations of the structure of spacetime at scales twenty orders of magnitude smaller than an atom. By the time the sun rises he has a pounding tension headache, but he's made a lot of progress on making sense of it, and he's trying and mostly succeeding at not having any other thoughts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Later that day, Fëanor makes a breakthrough, of a sort.

"I believe I have a working theory on the nature of Pym particles," he says. "However, to test it, I need equipment more advanced than what we have here. The particle collider in my laboratory in Valinor should be sufficient, but returning there will cost us significant time—subjective time passes ten times more slowly in Valinor compared with the rest of the universe," he adds, for Leareth's benefit.

(Also, he doesn't want to go there, specifically—the particle collider, being much too big to fit in the palace, is at his estate in the foothills of Aulë's country—Nerdanel's estate, now, and he's not sure whether it would be worse or better, at this particular moment, if she were among Thanos' victims.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor was also working in what most humans would consider the middle of the night, which Leareth noticed in a distant-background sort of way and found vaguely reassuring. Leareth is wondering now if Elves just need a lot less sleep, though, because at this point he is definitely not operating at his best. 

Probably he should ask at some point if they have good painkillers here. Later. 

"The time-slowing effect seems worth avoiding! What are the capabilities that you need - I am wondering if our magic could help quickly build a sufficiently advanced setup more quickly. We were able to design and build the space capsule we travelled in with a week's lead time, and my people are more up to speed on Earth's tech now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"My particle collider is significantly larger than this entire compound and actually depends on some of Valinor's peculiar physics for more efficient energy generation. Even with magic I think we would spend more time building a new one here than we would waste performing the remaining experiments in Valinor."

He doesn't need to sleep much, but he knows something of human sleep patterns by now, and he knows that Leareth's are unusual, and not in a good way. "You would also—feel better there, I think," he adds. "I've never desired that particular effect, nor indeed slept long enough to notice it, but—'lands there are to west of West, where night is quiet and sleep is rest,' as the song goes."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gives him a briefly-very-suspicious look when he says the last thing. "All right. I expect it makes sense to leave most of my people here, then, where they can continue working with the other Avengers and getting up to speed on various things here."

After a brief pause, "- I would bring Shavri and Yfandes, I think, if that is acceptable. I am not sure either of them would be useful for the research aspect, but - they would benefit from the effect you describe." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Our ship should be more than large enough to hold our research team plus three others. It is not designed for...horse-shaped people, but it isn't a long voyage. I'm ready to leave immediately, if your friends are.

"Also, we should consider leaving someone here to continue running the geometry simulations without the time-slowing effect—I don't actually know if it affects computers—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It doesn't. I can communicate with Earth's internet without correcting for it at all. We should definitely be running the simulations there, our computers are much faster."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, then we'll all go. Unless there's someone who would prefer to stay here."

Permalink Mark Unread

Both Tony and Bruce want to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth wants Nayoki to stay behind and, in his absence, be in charge of the rest of his people and point of contact with the Avengers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki isn't especially fond of this plan! 

:Leareth, I am worried about you and I would prefer you not be alone on another planet: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I will be in the company of many other scientists: Leareth points out, very reasonably in his opinion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:You know what I mean!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Also Shavri and Yfandes are coming. ...Apparently Valinor is a good place for rest. The Elf scientist thought I would - feel better there, is what he said: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh. - How much did you sleep last night: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wasn't especially keeping track, and shrugs. :A little: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's tried to have this conversation about a dozen times and it's always like pulling teeth and never seems to go anywhere. Although, Leareth does seem...more like himself, at least, since arriving on Earth. 

A little. She still has no idea why he delegated the Silmaril study to her, especially given that she's much worse at it than he is. And he hasn't, once, sat down with her to talk through his strategic-level plans, which is very weird for him. 

Nayoki sighs. :Well. Good luck with the experiment, I suppose: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I hope it is informative: 

And, at this point, he had better actually ASK Shavri and Yfandes about going to Valinor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Shavri has no idea why Leareth wants to invite her on a scientific mission to another planet! 

She's not going to question it, though. She doesn't have enough to do here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is unsurprised. She thinks she understands why, though she can't put the reason into words. 

And she's glad of it. Being near Leareth hurts; still, it's in some strange way less lonely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The three of them join Fëanor's team for departure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They load some of the equipment they've built on Earth onto the ship and then board, flying eastward over the ocean. Midway over the sea they suddenly turn around and fly westward, and suddenly it's nighttime and they're flying over a completely different ocean towards an unfamiliar landmass whose east coast is dominated by a massive mountain range.

They fly over the mountains, well inland, to a village of stone houses with red roofs, in the foothills of a more modest mountain range. They land on a grassy flat spot outside the village and disembark.

Everything in Valinor is impossibly beautiful and perfectly tranquil. The stars overhead seem to shine with supernatural brightness and clarity; there must be millions visible to the naked eye. The air, in this tropical region, is admittedly a bit muggy—with a breeze it would be perfect, but the god who manages the breezes is currently dead. The air is filled with the haunting, mournful singing of bereaved elves; they have been singing continually since Thanos Snapped, three-and-a-half local days ago. They will not stop for many more.

Leareth suddenly realizes just how tense he's been for the past month, and is finally able to relax. He starts to feel drowsy almost immediately.

Shavri and Yfandes feel somewhat better, although being here doesn't bring back Randi or Vanyel. But it's a dull emptiness their absence leaves, now, not the raw pain of an open wound.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri's instinctive reaction to the change is to be offended, even angry. That was HER pain. What does this world think it's doing, taking that away from her.

The singing is beautiful. Vanyel would love to hear it - 

 

- Vanyel, if he knew that she were here, wouldn't want her to cling to her grief, even when offered this respite. Randi wouldn't want that for her either. So many lost, but the part that matters now is that there's hope. That they might be able to fix this, if they're brave enough and clever enough. And rest will help with that goal. It's what she would tell Vanyel, anyway, if their positions were reversed. 

Damn it, but she misses him, and Randi, and Jisa, she's barely even been able to think about that particular aching grief. Here, apparently, it's easier. 

 

Shavri looks over, notices - more with Healing-Sight than through her actual eyes - how Leareth is suddenly trying very very hard not to visibly sag with exhaustion. She makes eye contact with Yfandes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes entirely agrees on this point! 

She Mindspeaks the three Elves plus Tony and Bruce. :Leareth's going to insist he's fine, but I'm worried he might straight-up collapse if he tries to keep going much longer. He...hasn't been sleeping much lately. Can one of you help me out and insist firmly that he get some rest?:

Permalink Mark Unread

That's too many stars! It's very unfair, Leareth is having emotions now and it's terrible timing. It's also an especially inconvenient moment to be suddenly falling asleep on his feet, when there's WORK to be done and they can afford delay even less here than back on Earth because of the stupid time-slowing effect... 

He wants to show Vanyel the music and the stars, and everything hurts - in a different way than before, it feels less like his insides are made of spiderweb-cracked glass with occasional loose shards catching him off guard, but he's...aware of it, fully, in a way there just wasn't space for before, and this is also the worst timing to be distracted about that. 

:Where are we going next?: he asks Fëanor, at almost exactly the same moment that Yfandes is Mindspeaking the group in parallel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I will try to ensure he doesn't go near anything that's liable to explode if he does collapse while using it, he answers Yfandes.

Then, to Leareth—My house. He gestures straight ahead, to a low, sprawling stone building. The laboratory is built into the hill behind it. However, I think we should rest and resume our experiments in the local morning. It has already been long enough since the Snap that this mission is not time-critical in the sense that is worth sacrificing health for.

He starts walking toward the house, slowly, as though dreading something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is kind of suspicious that he's being railroaded into something, here, but resting does seem like the path of greater wisdom. He's also not sure if he should be alarmed by Fëanor's obvious apprehension. It turns out to be impossible to actually muster alarm; now that he's managed to relax, his body is absolutely refusing any of his bids for adrenaline. 

He follows Fëanor, doing his best to keep his eyes open and look awake, though he's not really processing his surroundings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is also curious what Fëanor is so worried about, and has more energy to spare for it. It's not clear if she'll fit inside the house, but on the way there she makes sure to stay close to Leareth in case he stumbles. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is, almost absentmindedly, checking if Doctor Strange's mind-shields on the Elves and Earth humans are still active now that they're on a different planet, and if so, whether there are any new local Elves whose minds she can read. 

She's not even sure why she's bothering, it just seems like it might be useful in general. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The shields are intact.

Most of the elves down in the village are participating in the singing, which already tends to broadcast their emotional state over a range of several miles even if no one is deliberately trying to read their minds. They're thinking and feeling pretty much what one might expect under the circumstances. The depth of it is inhuman, though; it takes Shavri's breath away. There are also two elves in the house, but their thoughts are tightly guarded.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor's apprehension is for personal reasons that have nothing to do with anyone else present.

Permalink Mark Unread

The house is surrounded by a wide, ground-level porch supported by intricately carved columns. There's a red-haired elf sitting in a chair near the front door. If he's surprised to see the visitors, he doesn't show it. His eyes seem to pierce right through Leareth's mental shields.

"She's gone," he tells his father in Quenya. The tone of his voice is utterly flat.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I—" he begins to reply in the same language, not broadcasting the accompanying thoughts, but the words catch in his throat. "I had hoped to meet her again under better circumstances, anyway. Right now, the world needs saving, and she—last time, she didn't understand that."

Permalink Mark Unread

A blond-haired elf emerges from the house and embraces his newly-arrived father and brother. Then he sees Yfandes.

You're...not a horse, he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not! I'm a Companion of Valdemar - we're people, just in bodies that look like this: She tilts her head, regards him curiously. :How could you tell so quickly? Most people don't realize at first: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is at this point desperately longing to sit down, but it seems rude to steal the red-haired elf's vacated chair, and equally rude to just march inside and lie down on the nearest flat surface before the introductions are complete. 

He doesn't understand the content of their short conversation, of course, but the gist is clear enough; he bows his head. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know what Valdemar is—I assume that it is not some corruption of 'Valimar' that has occurred during the past six Ages of linguistic chaos, since if you were a Maia that just likes horses I would probably have met you—but I can speak to horses, and your mind is not the mind of a beast. Also, your eyes are too far to the front of your head.

Hopefully we can find suitable accommodations for people of your...shape. We have stables, which are quite well-furnished, but they are still meant for beasts and not for the Children of Eru.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor leads them all, less Celegorm and Yfandes, into the spacious central hall.

"I have guests who are in need of rest," he tells Maitimo in Quenya. "We will discuss the situation among ourselves once they have been seen to their rooms."

Then he broadcasts his thoughts, gesturing to indicate where things are—Guest rooms are in the west wing. Please do not go in the east wing. I would like to see you try to go in the south wing. Maitimo will help you if you need anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. He's so thoughtful. Yfandes likes this Elf already. 

:Honestly, the stables would do just fine - it'd be more suitable for me than what they could set up on Earth! Also, if anyone has time, I could really do with a good brush-down:

Companions, in general, prefer not to have anyone but their Heralds do this, but it's not like that's an option right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is much too tired to want to investigate forbidden wings anyway. He thanks Fëanor and heads straight for the west wing and flops down onto the first bed in the first room he finds. 

He still expects to find it hard to fall asleep, but in fact he's out within less than a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri has been sleeping kind of a lot, actually; it's a temporary escape from waking reality. She's not exactly tired, right now. 

:Thank you. I...think I want to go sit outside and listen to the singing for a while, if that's all right?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm leads Yfandes to the stables. He has plenty of time to brush her down, if she'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course it's alright, he tells Shavri. It changes his meeting plans slightly, but that's okay.

He, Maitimo, and Atarinkë go to his private study in the east wing of the house. He locks the door behind them. The room is warded against eavesdroppers; hopefully that also works against off-world magic as well.

"Where are the others?" he begins.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Moryo and the twins are in the city. Cáno's down in the village leading the requiem. Turco is, I believe, dealing with the horse-person. And to round it off, Curvo's been with you and I've been here trying to hold this town together in Mother's absence—it's also kind of the only place in Valinor I'm not looked at as though I'm the second coming of Moringotto.

"Now, pray tell—what the fuck is going on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some purple maniac called Thanos got hold of something called the Infinity Stones that let him kill half of everyone, everywhere. Not the Silmarils, obviously, though that's what both I and Father thought when we first heard the name. He wanted to do it because he thought we'd multiply until we consumed all available resources. Stupid-ass plan, if you ask me, although having ruled a kingdom that included mortals I understand the temptation. We've been helping a group of Men with a random assortment of pseudo-magical special abilities gather the resources to fight him and maybe undo this. The current plan is to try to travel back in time and grab our own set of Stones that way.

"Then, like two days ago, Endórë time, a woman who could fly through space dropped off thirty mortal wizards in a space capsule they'd built themselves with technology worse than what we had during the Exile. I'm not sure how this is supposed to help, but one of them is pretty good at math, and apparently they have some mind-altering magic that might be useful."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo takes this all in stride. He doesn't really have emotions, these days. But "travel back in time" catches his attention.

"Do you think it's actually possible? To go back, undo something? The way we were taught, in the old days, I wouldn't have thought so."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The math checks out. Apparently the structure of space-time isn't perfectly smooth at really small scales, and they have some sort of particle that can modify the scale of matter, but they don't have enough because whatever stabilization medium they're using to isolate them is shit and, consequently, one-time use. I'm going to try to use some leftover silma instead; if my assumptions are correct that should give us reusable crystals.

"Now, for the reason I called this meeting: what we—this family—are going to do with the Infinity Stones, once we get them and undo this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Destroy them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Once I wished I could do the same—no, wished I could want to do the same to the Silmarils. But now that that bond is broken, I do not think it would have been wise."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are not going to destroy the Infinity Stones. At least, not until we've used them first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"To do what?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"They can create the paradise for our people that we dreamed of—not only on Endórë, but on all the worlds. There are millions, apparently, and that's just the inhabited ones. There are billions more that are empty but habitable—although the Stones could, in theory, make even more.

"They can also, as we have seen, destroy the Valar altogether. With far less collateral damage than our previous contingency plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you sure that's a good idea? Collateral damage aside."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I still remember the words they spoke to us. On the House of Fëanor the wrath of the Valar lieth from the west unto the uttermost east. I still remember what they did to us, for their words came true against all our wills. I intend to make them regret it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I concur."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think this foolish, but if we come into a situation where it is not—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now for the second item of business. Here are people supposedly from another world, who resemble Secondborn in every way except that they possess magic even greater than ours. In the old days I would have called it a trick of the Enemy, and though I do not think the new Enemy is a twelfth as crafty as the old, I am still suspicious.

"Nelyafinwë, you have a better eye for this than I ever did. I default to suspicion, and we can't afford to do that right now. I need you to find out whether they can be trusted. No, more than that—I need you to find out why they're here. What their true intentions are—this man Leareth runs an organization which could not possibly have been built in the aftermath of Thanos' attack, and yet has no other apparent purpose. I do not think they came here only to fight Thanos. Probably they have intentions for the Infinity Stones, which cannot be allowed to conflict with our own. Find out what they are."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can do that." He really, really doesn't want to; he wants to retire from politics and subterfuge, and spend his second life managing his mother's tiny village of artists. But he will.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very well. Dismissed."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri sits under a tree near the singers, and listens to their song for...a very long time. It's sort of hard to keep track of time, here; she's not sure if that's a magic thing about Valinor, or just an effect of everything being suddenly peaceful and beautiful and soothing when, for so long, her life has been everything but. 

She thinks of Jisa and cries, a little, but less than she would have expected. She had been sort of worried the tears were a bottomless well and would never stop. 

Eventually she picks herself up and heads back to Fëanor's house to the guest wing and goes to sleep. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is running a lot of sleep debt. And Valinor is soothing and peaceful and it's the first time since the Snap that he's slept without nightmares. He stays asleep for a while, even by human and definitely by Elf standards.

Eventually he wakes up, still relaxed but no longer drowsy, and sits on the side of the bed for a few minutes, trying to assess how he's feeling now. 

...Hopeful? Which is almost more painful than the flat resignation before, but still. 

It was hard to feel any positive emotions about Captain Marvel's revelations to him, at the time. Learning that he had potential allies in this fight was drowned out by the realization that the deaths hadn't numbered in millions after all, but in trillions. 

Here and now, though, it's finally sinking in that he's here because they have a plan. Because, even if they can't undo the damage - and maybe they can - they can at least try to stop Thanos from 'fixing problems' ever ever again. 

 

 

- given the stakes, it's very important to understand who his allies are. Which he hasn't been trying to do so far, not really. 

Does he feel really to handle those stakes? No. Not really. He's terrified - which seems like the only sane response to this, really. Especially the part where when one of the Valar tried to kill Thanos by supernova-ing a star, Thanos escaped with the help of an...evil god? Leareth - should probably have asked a lot more questions at the time. 

Fine. So he's scared. He's - upset, at the deaths, at the pointless WASTE of it all. And, lurking behind that, he's angry, though he doesn't really want to lift the lid on that. 

Well. That's where his emotional processing here is at right now, then. Probably doesn't make sense to try to batch it all now, and it wouldn't work anyway. For now, there's work to do.

 

He slips out of the guest wing and goes looking for one of the Elves, and also for something to eat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone else—Shavri, Tony, Bruce, Fëanor, plus five more elves, including a dark-haired one he hasn't seen before—is at the huge table in the great hall, most of the way through an extravagant breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The wizard lives!" announces Tony, and several people at the table laugh. "Come on, the food's still hot; I think it's magic."

He gestures to the only empty seat at the table, which is between him and the red-haired elf with the piercing eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I apologize for my lateness: 

Leareth takes the seat offered and collects some food for himself. He's still unsmiling, his expression very controlled, but he looks much less tired and also more - actually present in the room with them, than when they last spoke with him. 

Conveniently, eating doesn't interfere with Mindspeech. :So, what are our research plans for today?: Leareth asks the others. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there goes his chance to squeeze some information out of Leareth. He's assuming it was intentional on Leareth's part.

(He maintains his mental shields very carefully, in such a way so that to an untrained observer it looks like he doesn't have any, and he deliberately leaves that thought on the outside, to see how Leareth will react.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to attempt to produce Pym particles with my particle collider. If that's successful, I should be able to make jewels for each of us that can replace the red fluid, but are fully reusable."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What he said."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Unfortunately this house is thousands of years old and doesn't have decent computers, but I've remotely devoted all the free ones in Formenos to the geometry problem. I expect a solution within a few hours."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh, good. It sounds like we should soon have a solution for both components of the time travel challenge, then? I can help you check the computers' solution: he adds to Calanáro. 

He does not react visibly at all to the red-haired elf's deliberately exposed thought, mostly because it's not a surprising thought to him in any way. (Leareth is also NOT an untrained observer, and absolutely does not believe that this is all that the Elf is thinking.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri does blink in surprise, but her eyes are fixed on her plate and she hasn't been participating in the conversation at all, so this isn't very notable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The hope is to attempt a trial today. Calanáro has already volunteered to be the first test subject."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's possible the solution will be several gigabytes of data, but your help will be appreciated if it turns out to be something that can benefit from manual checking."

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo can't read Leareth's mind, but he can read his body language well enough to realize that a battle of mind-reading games is not going to be fruitful. This is useful information in itself, though not the information his father wants. He leaves all this deliberately exposed as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is kind of appreciating this Elf! 

He, in fact, doesn't want to play mindreading games right now either. It's hard enough trying to focus on just the research work, when every other sentence reminds him of someone who's dead or something that's lost. It's not even very informative, since all he can read is what Maitimo wants him to know.

Almost certainly they don't want him dead right now, which is the part that matters. Leareth folds away his Thoughtsensing and stops bothering to skim surface thoughts at all. 

:All right. I may not be useful for much of the preparation today, then. I definitely wish to observe the trial itself, to find out how it shows up to our mage-sight and whether my magic can interact with the process: 

He asks some questions about the trial, but tries to show in his body language that he's not opposed to the red-haired Elf talking to him directly, if he wanted to do that instead of sneakily leaving some of his thoughts out in the open. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When they're done with the breakfast, Fëanor leads the research team toward the forbidden south wing of the house. Meanwhile, two of the elves who aren't involved in the research begin to clean up the dishes. The dark-haired one that Leareth hadn't seen before today is singing a rousing song in his own language as he does so. (In fact Maglor is attempting a Quenya translation of "That's What Bilbo Baggins Hates", a song which, to his knowledge, was never actually sung by any member of the Company of Thorin Oakenshield.)

The door to the south wing is made of heavy steel and has a strange, faceted panel beside it. Fëanor touches one of the Silmarils to the panel, and the door slides open for the first time since the rising of the Sun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything my father values is keyed to the Silmarils, Maitimo thinks in Leareth's direction. He's followed the research team there, though he wasn't participating in any of the technical discussions earlier. They're entirely irreproducible, so it's actually a brilliant security system, if one assumes that none of the Silmarils will ever fall into another's possession. That's a mistake that my father—well, probably will make twice.

I'm Nelyafinwë Maitimo, by the way—Fëanáro's eldest son, he adds, in what's meant to sound like an afterthought.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am pleased to meet you, Nelyafinwë Maitimo. ...I confess, I do not think I followed how the Silmarils left his possession originally, or what happened in your world in the interim, just the part where Strange collected them and resurrected your father. It does seem the system has that downside - is he considering replacing it, since presumably your world now has far more advanced tech for that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That...is a long story. Although I don't expect either of us will have anything to do for a few hours at least. (Fëanor, Tony, and Bruce have gathered around the exposed part of the particle collider at the far end of the lab—this is where the actual collisions happen, although the acceleration ring extends for several miles underground. Calanáro is monitoring the simulation progress on his phone.)

The world, so we were told, was created by Eru, the One, who created the gods to help him design it. Together they made a great Music into which the whole history of the world and all who dwell within was written, save the fates of Men, who are free of its chains. Obviously this is—somewhat metaphorical, although our culture has tended to take it quite literally. Anyway, one of the gods, whose name we do not speak—we call him only the Enemy—sought to change the music to his own liking rather than Eru's design. Thus was discord introduced into the Song, and the world marred.

I don't know if any of this is true in any meaningful sense. My father had little patience for it. What we do know is that the Enemy had already been fighting the other gods for millions of years before we came to exist, and although the other gods were...on our side, this was...not a high standard. When we first appeared, in the darkness of Endórë—what you call Earth—the Enemy captured some of us, and did...something horrific...to those he captured. Created his own race of twisted slaves, from the ruins of our bodies, sworn to hate us and all that is good in the world. The other gods intervened, captured him in a war that destroyed several continents. Imprisoned him and invited us to come live in Valinor. Some of us, including my grandparents, accepted. My grandfather became King of our tribe. We advanced rapidly under the gods' tutelage—from making stone tools to—this—in a few hundred years, and my father was responsible for a great deal of it.

About this time things started to go wrong. My grandmother died due to complications from birthing my father—this was not supposed to happen to us, least of all here, and worst of all was that my grandmother refused to return to life, when the chance was offered her. My grandfather wanted to remarry. This was also not supposed to happen—when we marry, it's for the lifetime of the world, and there's a...magical soul-bonding aspect to it as well, no one even knew what would happen if one man had two wives. But the gods convened and permitted him to remarry, if my grandmother truly refused to return to life.

My father hated this decision, and he hated his father's second wife, and he hated the children that were born of that marriage, the older of his two half-brothers—Nolofinwë—especially. The name my father gave me actually means 'Third Finwë'; a more to-the-point translation would be 'He-whose-uncle-is-a-bastard'. And into this mess, the gods released the Enemy, paroled after a sentence of three hundred years' imprisonment. He, of course, did everything he could to fan the flames of this discord. It came to the point that Nolofinwë accused my father of treason in the middle of a council meeting, and my father threatened him with a sword in response. The gods exiled my father from our capital city for it. My grandfather, furious at them interfering in his own government, left with him, which did not improve the situation.

A few years before this my father had created the Silmarils. Valinor at this time was illuminated by two magical Trees, which produced the various effects of Valinor that you're probably familiar with by now—but stronger, then, what you feel now are only lingering effects. We actually can't live very well without them—immortality becomes unpleasant, eventually. My father...deeply mistrusted the gods, and resented that we were effectively being kept prisoner by our dependence on the Trees. He decided to capture the effects somehow. He spent two years on it, almost continuously, barely eating or sleeping, and by the end of it he had produced the Silmarils.

On the day that his exile was due to end, the Enemy destroyed the Trees, murdered my grandfather, stole the Silmarils, and fled for Endórë.

My father went nearly catatonic with grief for a month. When he returned there was little left of him but rage. He swore...a magically binding, unbreakable oath, to recover the Silmarils at all cost, and pursue with hatred to the ends of the earth anyone, elf, man, or god, who kept them from him. We—swore with him. Nolofinwë was furious. Declared that my father had forfeited his right to the kingship by doing something so idiotic. We narrowly avoided a civil war by just leaving Valinor and going after the Enemy. Well, trying to leave. The only ships at the time were owned by the Teleri, whose king told my father, when he asked to borrow them, that he was being hot-headed and should go home and think about this for a while.

Obviously he did not take this well. He decided to steal the ships. We don't—we don't know who shot first, but soon there was a battle going on, the first violence that any elf had ever done to another in the history of the world, and then Nolofinwë's people joined in in the middle, not really knowing what was going on, and at the end twenty thousand people were dead, mostly Teleri. They were—'civilians' is too mild a word—their culture didn't even have the concept of war—

We left anyway. The gods forbade us to come back, or to be re-embodied if we were killed, and cursed us to fail in everything that we did, and be betrayed by our own mistrust. That's—more or less exactly what happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth listens through all of this. Mostly with an impassive expression, though his reactions aren't entirely concealed from his body language. 

He's disturbed and - confused - about the earlier war with this 'Enemy', and increasingly frustrated and - sympathetic, though not surprised, with each step of escalation. 

At the description of the King's death and Fëanor's reaction, Leareth is very briefly not tracking the story anymore, as he wrestles his own disproportionate, pointless grief back out of the way. It's not even Vanyel he's thinking of, this time; it's Urtho. 

The part about the Teleri and the death of twenty thousand people, especially "'civilians' is too mild a word", gets a visible flinch from him. 

At the end, he's quiet for a long time. 

:- A complicated and messy story. I...am sorry to hear that this was your history. - You died and were reembodied recently as well?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. That was only the beginning of the story. My death comes at the very end.

My father, hearing this curse, did not want to inflict it on his brother, whom he did reluctantly care for, by this time. Instead of going back to get him and his people, he burned the ships, hoping to spur them into the repentance that he could not himself muster. It didn't work, just as I had warned him; they were just as furious about the King's death as we were. They took...the long way out of Valinor. It took them twenty-five Earth years. Twenty percent of their population died during the trip.

Meanwhile, we retook most of the continent where the Enemy had embedded himself, but my father was killed early on in the fighting. I took up leadership. The Enemy offered us a parley, which I accepted, hoping to ambush him. He ambushed us back. I was captured.

I could tell you, in great detail, about the inside of his fortress. Had you asked during my first life I would probably have had an uncontrollable panic attack on attempting to, but death did something to my head so that...it's like it happened to someone else. It extended eighty miles beneath the Earth's surface, down to where the rock melts and his fire-demons bathed in the magma. It had a population of ten million, a complete self-contained industrial civilization existing solely to serve the purposes of its god. We had less than a hundred thousand, at the beginning, and our numbers did not replenish, and we were knocked down to a tech level of sword and bow by our crash-landing. It's a wonder he didn't just nuke us, although he didn't need to—his armies were always inferior in quality but vastly superior in numbers, so that we would have to kill as many as possible before finally being overwhelmed.

I could tell you more, but I don't think you would want to hear it. He has a penchant for inducing hallucinations, apparently—I don't actually remember any of those, but apparently he can produce hallucinations so realistic that one can inhabit them for years without realizing it—accordingly, when I was rescued, it was years before I really believed that I was out.

I spent fifty-something years in Angband. The last twenty-eight of those chained to a cliff face by one wrist to taunt my people, my body sustained by magic. Eventually my cousin and...dearest friend (there are a lot of implications around that word) rescued me. He nursed me back to health—physical, if not mental—and when I was well enough to pretend to function I surrendered my crown to Nolofinwë and moved with my brothers several hundred miles to the east.

We besieged the Enemy for hundreds of years. Eventually he broke the siege. That's...somehow not important, anymore, though it was terribly important at the time. Regarding the Silmarils, though—at one point there was a mortal who had fallen in love with the daughter of the local Elvish king, one of those who had stayed behind when we had come to Valinor. He named as her bride-price 'a Silmaril from the Enemy's iron crown'—which was to say, of course, 'fuck off and die', but the lucky bastards (she helped a lot) managed to actually do it. Of course, we were still bound to make war on anyone who kept one from us—we asked nicely first, but my brothers had insulted them quite badly during this whole affair, and they refused. Eventually we were forced to attack. Their kingdom, which was once the only safe place on the continent against the Enemy, was destroyed, several of my brothers and a lot of their people were killed, and we didn't even get the Silmaril back. We asked nicely again, were refused again, attacked again. The granddaughter of the original elf-mortal couple jumped into the sea with it rather than give it to us. Ulmo, god of waters, turned her into a bird and allowed her and her husband to reach Valinor to plead for aid.

Aid was granted. Between the Valar and the more technologically advanced elves, the Enemy's forces were completely destroyed, although the continent was rendered uninhabitable and eventually sank under the sea, and the world, which was just managing to come out of an ice age, was thrown back into a 1200-year nuclear winter. Mortal civilization only survived on an island the gods had raised for them far to the south. The Enemy himself was captured, the Silmarils were taken back, and he was tossed into a black hole. Most of our followers were reembodied or permitted to go back to Valinor. We, ourselves, were not.

We were still bound to take back the Silmarils, which were now in the custody of the triumphant army of Valinor. They let us take them. Because—the Silmarils were enchanted to burn anything evil. After all we had done, my last surviving brother and I discovered that we qualified. He threw his into the sea and stayed to wander and mourn on the shores of Endórë. I threw mine into a volcano and jumped in after it.

Fifteen thousand years passed, as they were counted in Endórë. Eventually the Avengers recovered the Silmarils and gave them to my father, and with all three in his possession, he was able to render the oath harmless. Mandos decided that we had repented enough, and with the oath nullified were no longer dangerous, so he reembodied us.

Permalink Mark Unread

For pretty much everything after 'I was captured', Leareth is...not really absorbing the story on an emotional level. It's too much pointless stupid tragedy, and he has no anger or indignance to spare for it. 

:Why did the Valar wait for centuries to do anything: he says at the end, tonelessly. :- I am tempted to ask also why Eru bothered to create an evil god at all, but...I have not found it productive, in general, to ask those questions of the gods: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo has, of course, been telling Leareth his entire life story on a thin pretext mostly because he expects his reactions to tell him if Leareth is someone they can work with.

His reaction to Finwë's death is noticeable, and Maitimo can guess that he suffered some deep grief in his past—long before the Snap, he would guess.

He flinches at the Kinslaying less than most Elves would, but more than some Men he's met. That's good. Maitimo regrets Doriath and Sirion deeply, but he can't, rationally, bring himself to regret Alqualondë—on balance, compared with what Morgoth would have done had they not arrived to stop him, the First Kinslaying probably saved lives.

He sees Leareth start to dissociate, at roughly the same point, interestingly, that his own memories seem to do the same. Something has been redacted from every memory he has from after Angband—something that feels extremely important, but also as though he would really rather not know what it was.

Our philosophers have been debating that since before the invention of writing, on the assumption that Eru is benevolent, he says. I find it simpler to—dispense with that assumption. I doubt that we are...real enough, to him, for benevolence to have any meaning; he is certainly not optimizing the universe for our happiness. I think he is telling a story, one that we all happen to be caught up in, and a story without an Enemy is very hard to make interesting. My family has tried to—be interesting in ways that involve less violence—but in the end our lives didn't turn out to involve much less than the Enemy's.

Perhaps, by some people's measures, this makes Eru evil. I—don't consider that a meaningful concept. He is what he is. He is responsible for the world's existence, and I think that...most people, at least, would rather exist in this world than not exist at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods along. He approves of this analysis, and feels even deeper appreciation for Nelyafinwë Maitimo; it feels like he's very rarely met people who - were trying to reason through this sort of complicated ethical-philosophical question from a framework that made sense to him and didn't seem completely stupid? 

He's...impressed, that the Elves had philosophers interested in such abstract questions before they had writing. He's pretty sure the humans of Velgarth didn't. Maybe it would have been easier, for them, living in a place like Valinor, where scarcity and the accompanying constant pressure to focus on survival wasn't a meaningful constraint... 

:- Honestly, I feel that even applied to humans and equivalent sentient species, 'evil' is...less useful as a concept than many believe. ...I am not sure what your gods are like, but ours are very, very alien. They perceive the world in ways that we cannot even make sense of, and so of course Their concepts are different, and to the extent that values are built out of ontology and concepts...: 

....

If Nelyafinwë Maitimo were a Velgarth Mindhealer, there would be quite a lot of information here for him to perceive directly, both about Leareth's general underlying traits and his current emotional state. 

Leareth is almost two thousand years old, and for approximately that entire time, has mostly thought of himself as, in some key sense, alone in the world - more accurately, alone in the mission of achieving the goals and values he cares about. His mind is set up accordingly, and would look incredibly bizarre to any Mindhealer used to examining standard human minds. The intense grief and loss, that Maitimo saw echoes of as Leareth reacted to Finwë's death, is deeply and inextricably tied into this. 

After the Snap, for weeks, Leareth was holding onto his sanity by a thread. There were certain assumptions that were built into the self-stabilizing mental architecture that he pieced together over his long, lonely life. One of those pieces was...a fundamental assumption that he could, and would, investigate - and with sufficient effort come to understand - anything that happened in Velgarth. And then fix it, if it needed fixing. But he didn't see the Snap coming and neither did the literal gods of his world. Some of whom were, Themselves, subject to the random coin-flip deaths of the Snap... 

Leareth didn't give up. He made a vow on the stars, a long time ago, that he would never give up. But after weeks of throwing everything he could at understanding the disaster and preventing any future recurrence, he still had nothing. He did his best to go on taking the right actions, to save as many people as he still could – even when every assumption behind his core sense-of-self, behind his vow that held him together for millennia, had just been invalidated. 

By the time Captain Marvel arrived, Leareth wasn't, really, capable of immediately making and propagating all of the updates that her existence and the news she conveyed demanded. He tried to take all the right actions anyway, despite feeling helpless and overwhelmed and despairing and a dozen other emotions that he isn't used to feeling EVER and thus has relatively few functional coping mechanisms for.

This is still, mostly, the mode that he's operating in. He's had some time and space to start wrapping his mind around the new-resources side of the update as well as the scale-of-tragedy, and the driving sense of purpose underlying everything else is stronger and more coherent than it was during those early days in Velgarth. It's not especially fragile or in danger of breaking under strain. 

Leareth is nonetheless in significant emotional pain and mostly dissociating from this because he has no idea what to do with it and there's work in front of him. He's trying very hard to take all the right actions here, which include mental actions such as 'curiosity' and 'strategic planning', and he's starting to get some traction on this, but to a Mindhealer it would be clear how much this is costing him. 

...

Nelyafinwë Maitimo, of course, is not a Velgarth Mindhealer, and Leareth has millennia of practice at controlling his facial expressions and body language and minimizing those leaks. He's well outside of his comfort zone, though, and Maitimo is also immortal with all the life experience that allows, and from the perspective of someone skillfully paying attention and trying hard, Leareth's nonverbal signals and Mindspeech overtones give away quite a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo has begun to suspect, already, that Leareth is much older than any of the Secondborn ought to be; he might be even older than Maitimo himself, although he has, actually, no idea how to calculate his own age at this point, between time spent in Valinor, Endórë, and Mandos, the last of which has a particularly ill-defined relationship to time, and in which he spent the first several—probably millennia of Endórë time—trying very hard not to exist at all.

He understands, in some measure, Leareth's particular pain, for he once spent centuries continuing to take actions against the will of every fiber of his being—but he did it for his family, and his people, and this is the only framework in which he can characterize such motivations. He inevitably wonders who Leareth is loyal to in this way. He will not guess that it is all people, on all worlds.

He notes Leareth's deepening respect for him and guesses that it's partly because he sees the world in a way few others have even dared to. However, the fact that Elves were doing philosophy before they invented writing doesn't mean much. They are all immortal, telepathic, and have perfectly eidetic memories. Writing was actually, in many ways, a significant step backward in the quality of their communication. His father, who invented their current writing system, regarded it mostly as an aid in the study of spoken language. The Vanyar, from whom most of the philosophers hail, borrowed the invention from the Noldor and probably never would have invented it on their own.

The orthodox definition of evil is the absence of good. The orthodox proof of Eru's benevolence is that there's no suitably abstract definition of good other than 'what Eru is'—most of the dubious arguments are made trying to reconcile this definition with the innate sense of goodness that was designed into them for participation in a society of other people. Maitimo's innate conscience was a casualty of Angband, and he wasn't particularly good at being a normal person before that, and he has little use for either definition.

He doesn't know what Velgarth's gods are like, but the Valar are, he suspects, much more alien than they pretend to be. They exist half in the universe and half out of it, Eru's puppet-strings by which he pulls on his creation, and the illusion that they have desires and motivations comparable to those of the Children is just that, although they themselves may not even realize it.

Maitimo is not even bothering to distinguish public from private thoughts at this point. Leareth can hear all of this, albeit not in a way that's particularly directed-at-him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro approaches Leareth cautiously, seeing that he's probably in the middle of a conversation, though he isn't saying anything aloud.

"Uh—the computers came up with a solution to the spacetime geometry problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has his Thoughtsensing open again, more out of an abstract sense of 'all information is worth having' than because he wants to or can muster any curiosity about Maitimo's thoughts. This also makes it a lot harder to even parse what Maitimo is thinking, though he notes what he can and files it away to think about later. Someday. Maybe.

(Lately it's been feeling a lot less clear that there will be a later.) 

Despite Calanáro's careful approach, Leareth is startled by the interruption, though he tries to hide it. 

:- Oh. Good. I can come look, if you wish - is there any update on the particle accelerator experiment -?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You'll have to ask Fëanáro about that, and I don't think you ought to go over there at the moment," he answers. Fëanor and Tony (the latter of whom is in full armor) are both somewhere inside the particle collider assembly where they probably shouldn't be, messing with something that's emitting a lot of light, and probably a lot of harder radiation, even behind a solid foot of darkened, lead-infused glass. Bruce is keeping a safe distance.

(Elves aren't harmed by high-energy radiation and in fact need to absorb it to power difficult magic, is the concept that Calo throws wordlessly at Leareth, preempting his concern.)

"Unfortunately this lab was built before anyone appreciated the concept of a thoroughly non-magical holo-display. You'll need to touch the palantír, and it will osanwë the visualization to you." He points to a round, black—stone?—sitting on a base to which Calo's—small computer terminal?—is attached by a cable that looks hand-made.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, of course: 

Leareth reaches for the black stone, with an apologetic glance back at Maitimo for the interruption. 

(He can tell that Maitimo isn't finished learning - whatever it is he wants to learn - about Leareth as a person. He's not sure how to approach that. Usually he would have more actual plans, that would affect how he wanted to be perceived by potential allies, and thus what was strategic to reveal. He...doesn't really have plans, right now. Which is an uncomfortable realization in itself.) 

He touches the black stone, waits for the visualization to reach him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The visualization of the solution is projected into his mind. It's an inverted Möbius strip a shockingly elegant eleven-dimensional cellular automaton that expands to produce the breathtaking complexity he saw earlier.

Permalink Mark Unread

...It's beautiful. 

 

For a glorious ninety seconds or so, it captures Leareth's full attention, as he tries to wrap his mind around it or at least around a few fragments of it, enough to sanity-check the general shape against the intuitions he's formed over a couple of days of intensely studying the relevant math. For those ninety seconds, his mind is too full to leave any space for emotional pain. 

 

- eventually he drags himself back to his physical surroundings. :To the extent I can understand it, the solution seems adequate to me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

He sets to programming the little navigational devices that Tony had made back on Earth, in anticipation of when they found the solution.

Permalink Mark Unread

A little while later, Fëanor emerges from his work, and makes an announcement.

"My theory on the nature of the Pym particle was correct, and I have been able to create some and trap them in silma." He holds up a small crystal glowing with red light (which is an entirely unrelated magical effect used solely to distinguish finished jewels from raw silma). "I have enough silma remaining to create a total of ten infinitely reusable jewels. I could, at need, create more, but the crystals take the better part of a Valian Year to grow, and while it's possible they would grow faster on Earth, I think it more likely that they would not grow at all.

"Calanáro, if you are done programming the navigation beacons, we can begin the test now."

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro is done programming.

"I know you said you'd like to observe the trial with your magical senses," he says to Leareth. "Is there anything you need to do to prepare for that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:I do not need any particular preparation, just - warning, so that I am watching: 

Leareth would really prefer to have a couple of hours - or maybe a couple of years - to absorb what he's just learned from Maitimo and get all the emotions out of the way, but he doesn't have that. So it's fine, for the moment he can keep distracting himself from the inevitable reckoning by watching a different fascinating experiment. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro dons the shrinking suit they'd made back on Earth, attaches the Pym-particle crystal to it, straps the navigation beacon to his wrist, and taps a few buttons to complete the programming.

"I'm going to go forward five minutes," he says, then presses one last button and vanishes into thin air.

The space around him—breaks—as seen to Leareth's mage-senses, when he does this. Briefly the space where he once was is filled with random noise, then, within a second, it returns to normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very disorienting to watch! 

Leareth stares as intently as he can manage until everything finishes returning to normal and he's pretty sure the show is over, then glances around at the others, waiting to see if they have observations to make on how they think it went. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is staring at the empty space with bated breath.

Five minutes later, the dead body of Calanáro appears and crumples to the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

I TOLD YOU THIS WOULD HAPPEN, says a booming mindvoice that seems to come from everywhere and nowhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is pretty sure that no one warned him that this would happen! He flinches, throws up shields around himself, reaches as hard as he can with mage-sight at the source of the mindvoice - 

:Who - what - was that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The mindvoice is coming from several thousand miles to the west, where there's a region where space, time, and matter themselves seem ill-defined. At the center of that region is a god, the lone anchor of moveless reality in a place where so many of the usual rules of the universe seem not to apply.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor is panicking, but not because of the dead body—that's easy enough to fix; even in the old days Mandos was always pretty lenient about accidental deaths. He's panicking because, in the back of his mind, he half-expected this result, and it confirms all his worst fears about the true nature of his species and their relationship to the fates of the world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony didn't expect this result; he thought there was a good chance that they'd end up aging or de-aging the test subject instead of sending him through time, but that would have been pretty harmless to an elf anyway. He definitely didn't expect to kill him. Luckily, death seems to be cheap for them.

"It's probably the god Strange met while he was dead," he answers Leareth. "He did mention him saying something about time travel being impossible, but he also had a vision of it working just fine, so I didn't put too much stock in it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's head is currently pounding from the mixture of extending his mage-sight past its limits in an attempt to track down that mindvoice plus the sheer blazing quantity of magic involved. 

He shivers. Takes a deep breath. :If Mandos is the god of this world, but not of Strange's world–: 

Wait. 

- no, wait, damn it, he should have made this connection days ago, and he only failed to because he can't, currently, really think about that entire area. 

:- Strange is human. From Earth. If he went to Mandos, then - then...: 

Leareth trails off, and -

 

 

- and then reaches directly for the god-mindvoice, because at this point, why not. 

:Do you have the dead of Velgarth - of my world - as well: 

Permalink Mark Unread

SOME OF THEM, PERHAPS. MY CALL IS MEANT FOR ALL THE CHILDREN OF ILLÚVATAR, BUT YOUR WORLD HAS OTHER GODS WHO ARE—NEARER, AND HEARD MORE LOUDLY BY THE SPIRITS OF ITS DEAD. HOWEVER, IN LIGHT OF RECENT EVENTS, THOSE GODS MAY NO LONGER BE AROUND. IS THERE SOMEONE IN PARTICULAR YOU WOULD LIKE ME TO CHECK FOR?

I AM GOING TO SEND BACK CALANÁRO, he adds, after a moment. NORMALLY I WOULD GIVE HIM A LONG SAFETY LECTURE FIRST, BUT I AM MUCH TOO BUSY.

Permalink Mark Unread

A large number of Leareth's people are dead and arguably he should be properly making a list, but in fact there's only one name at the top of his mind right now. 

:Herald-Mage Vanyel Ashkevron - also called Demonsbane and Hero of Stony Tor -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

YES. HE IS HERE. I WILL SEND HIM BACK AS WELL, IF YOU THINK HE WILL BE OF ASSISTANCE IN UNDOING THIS MESS.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a thousand things he could say, and none of them would be right and in this moment none of it matters to Leareth anyway. 

:Yes. He would be: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Four and a half days earlier, in local subjective time -

 

 

Vanyel remembers dying. 

He remembers dying, and that it didn't hurt. 

...He died in the Foresight dream.

The final moments etched into his memory are of Leareth. Leareth's shock and - desperation? - reaching for him, and Vanyel doesn't think that anyone, not even the immortal two thousand year old mage he was created by the gods to fight, is that good of an actor - 

Permalink Mark Unread

- wait. Focus. 

He remembers dying, and - wherever he is now, it feels like the Shadow-Lover's realm. Except not. Something is indefinably different... 

The all-too-obvious difference, is that the Shadow-Lover is not currently talking to him and offering him the usual choice of whether to move on or go back.

 

 

It's very quiet, wherever-here-is. Peaceful. He's not in pain. 

Apparently he's...going to be staying dead, then?

 

 

Probably he should - care, or ask questions, or find the Shadow-Lover and argue with him, or something, but it's peaceful here and he could, instead, just...not do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He drifts. 

It takes a long time - if 'time' is the right concept, wherever-and-whatever this is there's something odd about time passing here - before Vanyel bothers to pay any attention to his surroundings, other than noticing the quiet. But, eventually, he does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't, technically, have surroundings. Not in the physical sense. But—this place is something, in a deeper sense than anything natural sight or even Othersenses can see. It is a fortress, a prison at need, but for him a—port? His mind, used to seeing through eyes, tries to make sense of the raw reality that's now around him, and he imagines that he's standing on a stone floor in a room so vast he cannot see its walls or its ceiling. There are an uncountable number of other spirits surrounding him, though he can't recognize, nor indeed more than barely see, any of them.

In one direction the floor seems to slope down toward the shore of a sea, and an open sky shrouded by white mist. He can go down to the shore and get in a little boat and pass on into the mist. He would find perfect peace beyond it. He would not return.

Permalink Mark Unread

...It's tempting. But, no. Not yet. 

It reminds him in some distant way of k'Treva, it's not very similar but, for him, k'Treva has always been the place for resting. And for waiting. 

 

Waiting for what? Vanyel isn't sure. He hadn't been expecting there to be this much existence, now that he's dead for good. 

Eventually, for lack of anything else to do, he starts walking. Not toward the imaginary-shore-and-sea, but in a different direction. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks for a very long time. Days, maybe. It's very hard to keep track of time here.

Eventually he ends up in a place that he probably didn't want to go. Before, he had been in a place that offered freedom; this is a place of imprisonment. Not for him, nor can the inmates harm him, but what he sees in here will still frighten him. Hideous, twisted humanoid creatures; demons of fire and ice; things in shapes too vile to name. Many of them are throwing themselves madly, vainly, repeatedly against the bars of their cells.

Permalink Mark Unread

But there is one who doesn't quite seem to belong here.

He looks, at first glance, like a beautiful not-quite-human with red-gold hair, but to Vanyel's Othersenses it seems like—that isn't his correct shape? His wrists and ankles are bound by short lengths of golden chain, which also show up on mage-sight; "chains" is, in fact, just a metaphor for what they are. He's sitting, dejected-looking, against the wall of his cell.

"Help me," the prisoner says, in a quiet, pitiful voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel...supposes he's frightened by the the horrific demon-shapes behind the bars, but he doesn't care very much. He's seen - not worse, but bad enough - and besides, he's already dead. Nothing matters anymore. 

 

When he hears the pleading voice, though, he stops walking. A call for help is always going to be salient to him. He swore an oath to the King, after all, to heal the wrongs and bring aid to those who suffer - 

Not particularly expecting it to work, he reaches out with Thoughtsensing and mage-sight, tries to get a closer look at the prisoner who may not be what he seems. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The prisoner is not supposed to be here. He was tricked into assuming this form, used as a decoy for another shapeshifter's escape plan.

(Serves him right, for all the tricks he's played on people over the years, but he had put that all behind him, and died honorably—with another trick, but that's what he's good at, and when half the universe was at stake he didn't think much of the rules of honorable combat—)

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaaah. 

All right. Focus. What is he supposed to do about this. Vanyel was extremely not expecting the Shadow-Lover's realm to have a demon-prison in it, much less a wrongfully imprisoned– well, not innocent person, but clearly he isn't supposed to be here. 

Can he sort of yell with Mindspeech and try to get the Shadow-Lover's attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

A god who could, plausibly, be the Shadow-Lover appears beside him.

I AM HERE, CHILD, he says. WHAT IS THE MATTER? THIS PART OF MY HALLS WAS NOT MEANT FOR YOU.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first time Vanyel saw the Shadow-Lover face to face, he knelt. Called him 'Lord.'

That was a long time ago. 

"Shadow-Lover," he says, calmly, neutrally. "Guessing you didn't have the option to send me back, this time. Anyway. Maybe not. I don't think it's meant for him, either." He points at the not-exactly-innocent shapeshifted prisoner. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I AM KNOWN BY MANY NAMES, says the god, half-curiously and half-sternly. BUT I WILL NOT ANSWER TO A FALSE ONE, AND THOUGH MY HALLS BE A PLACE OF ETERNAL TWILIGHT, I DO NOT LOVE THE SHADOW.

I DO NOT, NORMALLY, HAVE THE OPTION TO RETURN MORTALS TO THE WORLD OF THE LIVING AT ALL. THESE, IN FACT, MAY BE SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES—

A pause.

HAVE YOU KNOWN—SOMEONE ELSE—WHO HAS RETURNED YOU FROM BEYOND THE EDGE OF DEATH, BEFORE—?

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Oh. You - but - you're not -" 

Looking back, Vanyel thinks, he should probably have noticed that he was confused a long time ago. 

"I don't know who or what you are, but the god of death I have met before is called the Shadow-Lover. Four times, so far. He - always gave me a choice. To go back. Because I was still needed." 

Permalink Mark Unread

I HAVE MANY NAMES, BUT IN THE TONGUE OF THEM THAT KNOW ME BEST I AM CALLED NÁMO MANDOS, MASTER OF SPIRITS, KEEPER OF THE HALLS OF THE DEAD. IF THERE IS A 'SHADOW-LOVER' CALLING HIMSELF GOD OF DEATH TO MEN, THAT IS...QUITE CONCERNING. WHAT—WHAT IS THE FATE OF THE SOULS OF MEN, AS FAR AS YOU KNOW? AND HOW FAR, INDEED, DO YOU KNOW—IS IT COMMON, ON YOUR PLANET, FOR SOULS TO RETURN?

He takes a look at the prisoner. THIS ONE IS INDEED NOT WHO HE SEEMS, he says. I KNEW THAT THE ONE WHO BELONGS IN THIS CELL HAD ESCAPED, BUT I THOUGHT IT WAS CAUSED BY THAT NONSENSE OF FËANOR'S. I DID NOT KNOW HE HAD IMPRISONED ANOTHER IN HIS PLACE.

Loki changes back to his proper form. His chains and the bars on his cell vanish.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you. No thank you for leaving me here this long."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have no idea what happens to souls who weren't, um, picked out as a pawn of the gods to fight their wars for Them. The Tayledras believe people reincarnate and live new lives. One person I know got bound to a magical sword but that's unusual. - Oh, I guess some of them come back as Companions? That's just in Valdemar though." 

He looks over at Loki. "- Also. I - sorry, I read your mind a bit, I didn't mean to I was just confused, sorry, but - something about half the universe at stake? What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I'll let the (actual) god explain, I'm sure he knows more than I do, but yeah, half the universe is dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

NONE OF THAT IS WHAT ERU INTENDED FOR YOUR RACE. I WILL HAVE TO INVESTIGATE. HOWEVER, AT THE MOMENT, WE HAVE BIGGER PROBLEMS.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know who or what Eru is and I don't really care what they intended for us. If they're another god, I'm going to guess it was nothing good." Vanyel folds his arms. "What happened? Is that - why the special circumstances?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

ERU IS THE CREATOR OF THE UNIVERSE. HE IS NOT A GOD, IN THE SENSE THAT I AND YOUR SHADOW-LOVER ARE. YOU DO NOT HAVE TO CARE WHAT HE INTENDED, BUT YOU SHOULD, AND I DO. WHAT OTHER STRANGE AND AWFUL THINGS DO THE GODS OF YOUR WORLD DO TO THOSE THEY HAVE TAKEN AS SLAVES?

THE PROBLEM IS THAT SOMEONE HAS RECENTLY KILLED HALF THE POPULATION OF THE ENTIRE UNIVERSE. INCLUDING THE GODS. I AM UNACCUSTOMED TO NOT KNOWING THINGS, BUT IF I KNEW HOW TO FIX THIS, I WOULD HAVE DONE IT ALREADY.

—ALSO, SOMEONE HAS JUST ASKED ME TO RETURN YOU TO THE WORLD OF THE LIVING.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I– what? Who? Is it - gods. Wait. I - should've looked... Yfandes. My Companion. Is she here–" 

Stop. 

It's suddenly hard to speak, even though presumably he doesn't have a real body here and so it seems stupid for his throat to be tight. 

"Is - Tylendel - my lifebonded...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pause.

BOTH OF THOSE SOULS YET LIVE.

Another pause.

ALSO, WHAT IS A LIFEBOND?

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is not even really processing the question. Because the first half of that is impossible. 

"No. He can't be. He...died. Seventeen years ago." 

He's having surprisingly few emotions about this. Mostly he just feels dizzy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

HE WAS RETURNED. BY WHAT POWER I KNOW NOT. HE REMEMBERS NOTHING OF HIS FORMER LIFE, AND IS KNOWN NOW BY ANOTHER NAME.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is going to regret asking this question SO MUCH and he is, apparently, doing it anyway. 

"What name." 

Permalink Mark Unread

STEFEN. I BELIEVE YOU KNOW HIM.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ack. 

...All right, he regrets asking that question. He is going to go right back to trying not to think about that until the emergency is dealt with and possibly never again. 

"Um. Right. Lifebonds are...a kind of way two souls can be linked, in our world. They supposedly happen when the gods meddle." And he HATES IT. "When - one partner dies - it's...bad." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mandos can see Vanyel's inmost thoughts without any effort, and picks up some disturbing connotations along with his words. He can see, now that he's looking, the gaping wound in Vanyel's soul where half of his self has been torn away.

A SIMILAR THING HAPPENS WHEN THE ELDAR MARRY, he says, THOUGH THE CONSEQUENCES ARE NOT SO SEVERE IF THE BOND BE BROKEN, AND IT CANNOT OCCUR BETWEEN TWO MEN OR TWO WOMEN; ITS PURPOSE IS TIED INTIMATELY TO THE BEGETTING OF CHILDREN. YOUR SPECIES, AT ANY RATE, WERE NOT DESIGNED FOR IT. ALSO, MARRIAGE IS DONE BY THE CONSENT OF BOTH PARTIES AND IT SOUNDS LIKE THIS IS—NOT.

Vanyel can't see his eyes, but they seem to narrow anyway. DO YOU WANT TO BE LIFEBONDED? he asks.

He thinks he knows the answer, from Vanyel's thoughts, but he has to ask properly before doing anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants Tylendel back. 

Vanyel doesn't say this, because it's stupid, but his thoughts are screaming it. 

"I - I don't - know. I think... Stef must be too young, anyway, or it'd have - happened already..." He shivers a little. Hugs himself. "I - if I have to go back and - help fix what happened - it would help a lot if I don't have to, to deal with..." He trails off. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tylendel can't be brought back, because, of course, he already has been. Maybe Irmo could restore Tylendel's memories to Stef's body, depending on what exactly these strange new gods are doing—there's definitely damage that can't be repaired, Melkor did a lot of that—but he doesn't really think it would be a good idea anyway.

I BELIEVE I CAN DISSOLVE THE BOND, IF YOU ASK ME TO, SO THAT IT NO LONGER PAINS YOU. THE DISSOLUTION WILL BE PERMANENT; I DOUBT I COULD RECREATE IT AND WOULD NOT EVEN IF I COULD.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really weird how much it hurts to have to make this decision! 

There should be an obvious right answer here, Vanyel thinks dully. He is - obviously - not currently lifebonded to Stef (again, what in all hells, Stef of all people...?), so it's not like he would be asking to undo that. He wants Tylendel BACK, but that was never an option on the table. 

He's feeling a surprising amount of - reluctance, flinch-response, something in that space, about asking for this when he can't get Stef's input? Which is also weird. It's not like whichever other god bothered to ask Stef about the lifebond first. 

Stef isn't Tylendel. It's obvious that he's not, that he should be thought of as an entirely different person, and yet somehow knowing that he is in some abstract sense Tylendel is kind of breaking Vanyel's brain right now. 

He's going to be a lot more useful alive if he isn't in constant broken-lifebond pain. It's...hard to feel excited about that, though. Vanyel isn't sure he can remember what it's like, to not be in pain. 

 

 

"I - guess if you can fix it then I'd appreciate that," he says dully, because being conflicted about this is incredibly stupid and if he can't stop doing it he can at least ignore it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel no longer has a broken lifebond. There's still something there, a scar of sorts, where the parts of him that fit so perfectly with Tylendel have been imperfectly smoothed over, but it won't hurt him anymore.

Now that Mandos knows what a lifebond looks like, he searches his Halls for other lifebonded people, and appears to all of them simultaneously, stitching a brief explanation of who-and-what-he-is into their minds first so that he doesn't have to have that tedious conversation over and over again.

IT HAS COME TO MY ATTENTION THAT YOU HAVE BEEN UNNATURALLY AND UNWILLINGLY BONDED TO ANOTHER PERSON. I CAN DISSOLVE THIS BOND PAINLESSLY, AND WILL IF EITHER PARTNER WOULD LIKE ME TO.

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets a handful of people from the rest of Velgarth, and exactly three Valdemarans. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm what? - Oh. Gods. Treven." 

Jisa is so mad about being dead! She's been wandering around angrily trying to talk to other dead spirits. Without much success, and based on their vague wandering-around they're just as confused as she is.  

It didn't occur to her before now that she could try to find people she knew on purpose instead of just walking in random directions. 

"Where is he? I want to talk to him -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

That...explains a lot, really. 

"I don't know? I - I love her -" not that he's ever said as much to her, or even really formed the thought, but now that he asks himself the question it's obvious.

A lifebond, though? Lifebonds happen to people out of songs and tales. Not him.

"I - I don't know..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Being dead has been, for the most part, a massive relief. Randi isn't in pain anymore. He's spent a long time doing nothing in particular, just...resting. 

He assumed at the start, and for a while, that he died of his long-time wasting illness, in his sleep. He's made some halfhearted efforts to call out for Shavri, in case she followed him, but it's not like anything needs to be in a rush anymore, now that he's dead - 

 

Except, his expectations about being dead do NOT include a - death god? but not the Shadow-Lover, a different death god - being shocked and horrified at the concept of lifebonds. 

And, suddenly, he's starting to feel like things are, perhaps, a lot more complicated than he's been assuming, and possibly he should have been asking more questions. 

"Where's Shavri?" he demands. "Is she - did she survive - what happened–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa and Treven are now next to each other.

He frowns at Jisa.  This is even worse than he had thought.

YOU ARE A CHILD, he says to her. NOT OLD ENOUGH TO MARRY, AND SCARCELY OLD ENOUGH TO BE THINKING OF IT. YOUR PARTNER IS NOT MUCH OLDER. I AM NOT SURE THAT ANYTHING EITHER OF YOU SAY WILL BE RELEVANT TO WHETHER I SHOULD PRESERVE YOUR BOND.

To Treven, specifically, because he can barely even observe the distinction between things Treven is saying to him and things he's thinking privately—YOU ARE IN A SONG AND A TALE NOW, I THINK, WHETHER YOU ASKED TO BE OR NOT.

To Randi—SHE IS ALIVE. I CANNOT ALLOW YOU TO SPEAK WHILE YOU ARE DEAD AND SHE LIVES, BUT I MAY RETURN YOU TO HER, IF YOU WISH, AND IF YOUR LOSS IS CAUSING HER UNNATURAL PAIN.

Then, to all at once—HALF OF ALL BEINGS IN THE UNIVERSE, MORTALS, IMMORTALS, AND GODS ALIKE, HAVE BEEN SLAIN. I DO NOT KNOW HOW TO FIX IT. I AM HOPING THAT YOU CAN FIGURE IT OUT.

Permalink Mark Unread

Treven...is just going to ignore that bizarre aside from the death god because he has no idea what to do with it. 

Instead of answering, he just tries to pull Jisa into his arms, unsure if this is the sort of thing that works when one is dead.

"Jisa - oh, gods, Jisa - it's all right, it'll be all right, I've got you -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes Jisa a few seconds to wade through all the mental screaming and start having thoughts which are in words again. 

"What? Half the people in the world are dead? - Wait, what do you mean the universe, is that - more than just Velgarth–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I have to get back to her. Please. Please send me back to her, if - if that's a thing you can do - if, gods, if - if it's not just me who died, if it's half the people, they need me - did Treven make it, who's in charge in Valdemar right now -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

In lieu of an answer to Randi's first question, he puts him next to Treven and Jisa.

YES. CREATION IS VASTER THAN ANY OF ITS INHABITANTS KNOW. VASTER, APPARENTLY, THAN EVEN I KNEW, FOR WITHIN IT ARE ARTIFACTS OF MORE TERRIBLE POWER THAN—I WOULD HAVE EXPECTED THE CREATOR TO MAKE. THERE IS A BEING CALLED THANOS, WHO BELIEVED THAT LIFE WOULD DESTROY ITSELF IF LEFT UNCHECKED. HE OBTAINED THE FULL SET OF THESE ALMIGHTY WEAPONS, AND USED THEM TO KILL HALF OF EVERYONE, EVERYWHERE, WITH THE MERE SNAP OF HIS FINGERS.

YOUR HOME-WORLD IS BEYOND MY NATURAL SIGHT. I CAN TELL YOU WHETHER ANYONE THERE LIVES OR DIES, BUT I DO NOT KNOW THE POLITICAL SITUATION.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaaaah! 

"Tantras?" Randi asks, helplessly. "Dara? Keiran, Joshel...? Savil...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

THE FIRST IS DEAD. THE REST LIVE, ALTHOUGH JOSHEL IS—NOT WHOLE.

SAVIL I CAN—SEE BETTER. SHE IS NO LONGER ON VELGARTH, BUT ON EARTH—THE ORIGINAL, APPOINTED WORLD OF MEN, WHERE MY SIGHT IS STRONGER—HELPING IN THE FIGHT AGAINST THANOS.

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's what? How did she get to a different world? And - gods, right, Vanyel, did he make it - is he with her–" 

He hadn't asked at first because Vanyel wouldn't in a million years agree to be handed responsibility for ruling Valdemar, which was the most critical question after Shavri's status.

"...Where's Shavri. Is she in Velgarth or on Earth - I need to be where she is as soon as possible." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mandos is getting tired of explaining things, and is about to just reembody Randi and let someone else finish the explaining, but there's someone he probably ought to consult before Randi leaves his power.

He reaches out, finds Shavri (why in Eru's name is she in Valinor of all places? Oh wait she's at Fëanor's house, that makes more sense), touches her mind as gently as possible—

Do you want to be lifebonded?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Aaaaack!" Shavri is on her way to see Yfandes in the stables. She nearly jumps out of her skin, trips, and lands sprawling. 

...Oh, she thinks dully, that was a question.

:I'm not lifebonded. He's dead: 

In her private thoughts, she's - inexplicably furious that whoever this is, probably some sort of local god, is asking the question at all. Why. What's the point? It's too late, too long down that path, fifteen years of the world and the gods' schemes grinding away at her and lately there's not much left. 

She wishes Randi had never been King. But she can't, and she hasn't ever, been able to wish that she had never met him and been lifebonded to him. Before the awful day when Darvi slipped on the stupid Palace steps and broke his stupid neck, everything had been sacred and precious and perfect. She remembers Randi holding their baby daughter for the first time - his daughter, she was always his, even if she was Vanyel's too - and she could cling to that golden memory for a thousand years.

She loves Randi. It feels like she lost him a long time ago, not all at once but slowly over years, to the awful crushing pressure of a kingdom and a duty he couldn't walk away from - and of course she loves that in him too - and she misses him and she wants the past fifteen years to NOT HAVE HAPPENED she wants to go back and live forever in that one beautiful evening in the Heralds' barn, dancing, drinking, singing, Randi with his arms around her - 

She's POINTLESSLY FURIOUS at whoever this god is, who apparently thinks it's any of his business who she's lifebonded to. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't read her private thoughts in the same way that he can read those of the dead, but enough of that gets across to make the point to him.

I'm sorry, he says. I've just discovered the existence of the lifebonds created by the gods of your world, and I found the...involuntary aspect...concerning. I can dissolve them, and thought I ought to ask those currently bonded if they would like me to do so.

Randi is dead, but his soul is in my custody, and I am sending him back now.

He reembodies Randi. He doesn't do anything with Jisa and Treven. They're young, but their love seems genuine even without the extremely questionable divine intervention. He'll save any unilateral bond-breaking for after he's more thoroughly investigated whatever foreign gods are doing this.

Then he turns his attention back to Vanyel.

ANYWAY, A MAN NAMED LEARETH HAS ASKED FOR YOUR RETURN. HE THINKS YOU WOULD BE USEFUL AGAINST THANOS. I CANNOT COMPEL YOU TO RETURN, BUT IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO GO, I WILL SEND YOU BACK.

As an afterthought, he asks his brother to bring Shavri to his domain, so that she can be united with Randi sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is still laying on the ground, but no longer in the middle of the path down to the stables at Fëanor's estate. Instead she's in the middle of an impossibly colorful forest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jisa is so furious at being left behind! 

"I can't believe it!" she snarls in the general direction of the stupid death god, though not directly at him because she's not that much of an idiot. "He's just going to leave us here!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Treven hugs her. As close to a hug as you can do when you're dead and your body is mostly metaphorical, anyway. 

"Jisa, we're kids. We can't fight, what's-his-name, Thanos. And - at least we're together, right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

- Vanyel, who hasn't subjectively experienced all that much time passing but was starting to wonder what's going on, is now wondering why he doesn't feel more surprised. 

"Leareth asked for me? How is he - is he fighting Thanos now? I - guess that sounds like something he'd do. Um." 

He grits his teeth. He could really have used longer to make this decision, but it's not like it was ever in doubt. "I'm going back, then. Er, what about my Companion, Yfandes, where is she - if she's back in Velgarth I'm going to have a bad time -" 

He hadn't really questioned it, earlier. He couldn't find her with Mindspeech but it didn't feel like he had a broken Companion-bond, and he hadn't seen much reason to expect they would get to be together even in death. 

Permalink Mark Unread

LEARETH IS FIGHTING THANOS. YFANDES IS STILL ALIVE, AND WITH HIM.

And Vanyel is alive again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, Calanáro wakes up on a very soft bed in a very beautiful garden, naked, in a body that feels fresh-made, although he wasn't old or injured enough before to notice much of a difference.

He's not that confused. Obviously the time-travel experiment had gone badly, and Mandos had sent him back without bothering to lecture him, or even allow him to experience any subjective time in the Halls at all. That's unusual, but not really, given the circumstances.

He's talked to the Returned. He knows about Lórien. There's clothes under the bed, it's a six-day walk in that direction to the nearest place with a train station, and so on and so forth. Hopefully he can find a way to speed up the process of getting back to the rest of the group.

Except—there's a second bed in this clearing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

He leaps up, and runs toward her, and embraces her, and their infant son whom she's also holding. They stay that way for a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Calo—I—I looked for you—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't die with everyone else. We're—working on a way to fight who did this, and there was an accident—I wasn't expecting he'd send you back too—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"He told me I needed to give Fëanáro a physics lecture because he was too busy, and before I could ask what the literal fuck on at least three separate levels, I—was here."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh yeah, context—Fëanáro's back now, that had nothing to do with Mandos and is a long addition to an already long story—we're working on time travel, to undo this, and I volunteered to be the first test subject. It—didn't work. As you see."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I am beginning to understand the contents of the lecture I need to deliver.

"Did he—did he actually think that would work—literal children know we're bound to the fates of Arda and while the usual description isn't exactly—mathematically precise—I'd have thought that Fëanáro of all people could—extrapolate—"

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro can't answer for Fëanor, but he didn't realize that, either. In hindsight, he probably should have.

"Do you think it would work for Men?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh of course, as far as I've been able to determine they don't even have immortal souls. Let's get back there before they kill anyone else, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

They put on the robes that are folded neatly under their beds. Something has been provided for the baby, as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wakes up in a luxurious bed, in a gorgeous forest clearing, feeling INCREDIBLE. He hadn't even realized how many aches and pains from old injuries he was carrying around until now that he's back in a real, physical, not-metaphorical-at-all body, and they're still gone. 

His mind doesn't hurt, and that's even stranger. The yawning void calling out over and over for Tylendel is - smoothed over, healed, made whole. Not exactly back to the way it was before, but...he's glad of that, he thinks. For better or worse, Tylendel changed him forever, including in ways that weren't to do with the magical soulbond at all. 

(He is not going to think about Stef right now and possibly ever.) 

He's still confused about half a dozen different things: how Leareth got to another world, what in all hells was going on with the shapeshifting-falsely-imprisoned person who - said something hinting that he was, if not exactly a god, somehow adjacent to being one? Also, how and why he ended up here, with a god who looks a bit like the Shadow-Lover but is offended to be called by that name - who seems to think that the gods of Velgarth enslaved humanity there on false premises - 

(Leareth, he muses with a dull trickle of amusement, would probably agree.) 

Not all of that confusion is urgent, he thinks. There's a war to fight. Leareth...asked for his help, asked for him by name... He's not sure what the emotion he feels about that is, but there definitely is one.

Vanyel gets up, stretches. Finds a robe under the bed and puts it on. Yfandes isn't here with him but he can feel her, off in the distance. 

He starts walking. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi wakes up and feels...fine. 

- well, except for the fact that he WANTS SHAVRI WHERE IS SHE???? 

He's on his feet in under a second, which is incredible in itself, he hasn't felt this good since he was twenty-two. (Gods, he's barely even thirty now. He's spent years feeling old and weary and jaded and tired all the time...) 

He reaches into the lifebond, and only then realizes that it's there - still there? back? it's hard to know what the state of it was when he was dead, it was something in between everything else.

:Shavri! Shavri are you all right -:

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri is currently sprawled on the ground in...a forest? It's a spectacularly beautiful forest - there are so many colours, it sort of feels like she's fallen into a painting - and it's even more intensely peaceful and soothing than the Elf village by Fëanor's house.

She lies there for a very brief period and then the mindvoice reaches her - and at the same time the lifebond reaches her, and it's like - it's reality making sense again, it's the entire universe falling back into alignment with Randi's smile - 

Permalink Mark Unread

- as he sprints toward her and scoops her into his arms and spins her around, :Shavri, gods, Shavri, Shavri - it's all right, I'm here -:  

Permalink Mark Unread

:Randi... I love you, I love you so much -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He sent me back! Because I said you needed me - I'm never letting go of you again, Shavri, never ever ever -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He asked if I wanted to stop being lifebonded to you! Can you imagine?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

...The lifebond means she can't hide her feelings from him, though. And everything else that's between them - over a decade of joys and sorrows and struggles and trying so so so hard day after day - demands honesty, because otherwise what's the point of all this, what's the point of saying that he's HERS and that NO ONE CAN TAKE HIM AWAY FROM HER - 

Her smile fades. Not all the way, she can't contain the bubbling delight and joy that she has her Randi, hershershers, forever and ever - 

:- I mean, I don't - agree, right. With whatever god - decided to meddle, to make us lifebonded - to make us Their pawns... But it doesn't matter now. Water under the bridge. You're mine. Never letting go of you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi holds her, rocking her gently. :I know. I understand: 

Permalink Mark Unread

...She's not sure he does, actually. Shavri feels like she's always been more willing to stare into the darkness than Randi was. Especially in the last couple of years, because Randi swore an oath - because Randi has a Companion, and after witnessing what Yfandes did to Vanyel, she knows what that means.

And she doesn't. She refused it, when Taver tried to Choose her, tried to bind her forever to the future of Valdemar - it might've been the most important thing in the entire world and she said no, (and what does that say about her and her priorities, that she cared more about holding onto herself and who she is than saving the kingdom....) 

But, actually, none of her stupid pointless angst matters right now. 

 

 

:Randi. Randi, hey. We - we have to go. Half the people in the world - in the entire UNIVERSE - just died. And Leareth is trying to fix it, but he - he's really really not all right, and he needs our help: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

:- what. Leareth? Needs our help?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Somehow she hadn't even considered the fact that Randi would be completely in the dark about the past month's worth of events, even though on reflection it's obvious. 

:He contacted Valdemar almost immediately: At least, she thinks so - she wasn't exactly tracking things very well, by then. :Said it wasn't him. That he'd lost half his people too. He offered us - a lot of help. More people would've died in the aftermath, if he hadn't: 

:...And then a military commander from another world came and told us what happened. Asked if we wanted to help fight, since we - have magic, and apparently Earth doesn't. I guess she went and talked to Leareth afterward, because he showed up with a space-capsule later. Anyway. They asked for volunteers. I offered. They let me go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh: 

After a long pause,

:I - guess we'd better go?: 

He seems to be naked right now, which is somewhat of an obstacle to going places. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Let's see if we can find clothes for you: 

It takes Shavri about thirty seconds to make her way back to the clearing with the bed where Randi woke up, and look around, and find the robe. 

:There. All right, let's look for a way out of here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi puts on the robe and, hand joined with hers, looks around for a path through the forest. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri and Randi on the one hand, and Vanyel on the other, emerge almost simultaneously into another clearing, where there are three people dressed in the same robes as they—a man, a woman, and a small child in the woman's arms. The adults would seem to be in their mid-twenties, were they human, which—it seems like they might not be? It's subtle to natural sight but obvious to Othersenses. They're both unusually tall—again, for humans, which they aren't—and though their hair is long and hides it somewhat, they have ears that taper to a leaf-like point. The man is dark-haired, the woman blonde.

Permalink Mark Unread

They both seem absorbed in each other at first, but the woman notices them quickly, and looks at them curiously. She says something in a language none of them understand.

Then, realizing they didn't understand, she—Mindspeaks?—them. You're mortal, she says, as though that's unexpected.

Permalink Mark Unread

The male Elf is familiar although Shavri does not remember his name at all, she wasn't paying that much attention. The (very pretty) female Elf isn't someone she remembers. Also she's pretty sure the first Elf isn't where he's supposed to be, since she isn't... 

:Yes. I guess we are -: 

She breaks off. 

:Vanyel? What–: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Who are you?: Vanyel simultaneously demands of the two Elves. He's noticed Randi and Shavri but that can wait. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I am called Eleniel Silmarië, Vardandúri, of the Vanyar by birth and the Noldor by marriage. But I belong in this land and you do not, so now I would ask the same of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't hear her osanwë conversation with Vanyel, but he can guess at its contents. "Wait," he tells her in Quenya. "These are not the first mortals Mandos has sent back."

"Are you from Valdemar?" he guesses, in reasonably good Valdemaran. (He's been slowly picking it up from listening to Leareth.) He recognizes Shavri, vaguely, and he sees that Vanyel recognizes her. "I am Calanáro Imbírtan of the Noldor."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Um, yes, I am? Herald-Mage Vanyel. Do you - are you working with Leareth...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am. There was a—fatal research accident—but Mandos sent me back immediately. Along with my wife, who has been dead since Thanos snapped his fingers and accordingly is not yet accustomed to mortals returning. It was, really, quite unusual before—she didn't mean to be rude.

"How do you know Leareth?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Elë isn't easily confused. This isn't the first time her husband has showed up suddenly speaking a language she's never heard before, and it's fairly obvious that Mandos' sudden willingness to send back mortals probably has something to do with the massive wave of death that she was a part of—too massive, apparently, to not undo. She is, however, pretty sure it's the end of the world, between that and the fact that Fëanor has apparently been reembodied.

I have refrained from asking what in the Iron Hells is going on, since you at least seem to have a good idea and it doesn't seem like there's time for explanations, she tells Calo. But who are these people?

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently human magic-users from another planet. The—death-wave—was half of everyone, on all worlds. We're all working together to undo it. I haven't seen a sign of the Enemy, so I'm fairly sure it's not the Battle of Battles, even if Fëanor did manage to escape Mandos.

He tries not to mention Sauron—believe it or not that's not even the biggest problem at the moment—but he thinks of his escape anyway, and they don't maintain private thoughts from each other, so she knows about that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sauron getting out sounds rather like it is the Battle of Battles! I am going to go back to just trusting you, though, at least until we've finished dealing with the—whatever they are.

She can get a little bit more context from reading his mind, but it's hard to put together, and most of it is things she wouldn't believe even if they were told to her in a straightforward way.

Permalink Mark Unread

....Oh. Wow. What a question. 

Vanyel glances over at Randi and Shavri. He can't help himself. 

"It's, er, complicated. There were...gods involved. They wanted me to fight him. I had a prophetic dream. But - then it got weirder, and I - could talk to him..." 

How is he even supposed to explain the last seventeen years? 

"- I respect him. I - wasn't sure, right until when I died, whether I would - have to die fighting him. But I think - all of this - just gave me a lot more information." 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a much more complicated answer than Calanáro was expecting. It sounds extremely dramatic, and he doesn't care at all.

"Okay, whatever. We need to get back to work, and it's going to take long enough to get there even if we don't stand around talking; we can do that on the way."

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I agree. Let's go." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi stays where he is and doesn't follow them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:....Randi?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- No. Wait. Sondra, where - where is she...?: 

Randi is kind of kicking himself for not having thought of this five minutes ago. It's...not hurting, not exactly? He can feel her absence and the strain of distance but it doesn't feel like he expected a broken bond would, and he was VERY distracted by Shavri. 

...He tries reaching for the god who spoke with them before, just in case that works, though he doesn't really expect it to because his Mindspeech range is terrible. 

:My Companion. Sondra. Is she - where is she -?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

SHE IS WITH ME.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Can I - can you send her back? Please?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

YES.

Sondra wakes up in a neighboring clearing in Lórien. In a human body, because giving Men the shapes of horses is a gods-of-Velgarth thing that is definitely not part of Eru's plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

....She tries to take a step and immediately falls on her face because she isn't expecting human-shaped legs. 

What. 

- okay, apparently her Mindspeech still works. (Sondra was a Mindspeaker, in her human life, when she was a Herald living in Valdemar four hundred years ago.) 

:Randi?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Over here! I'm right here - I'm coming -: 

 

 

 

He reaches her. 

:....What: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sondra tries to pull herself to her feet, with more success this time.

"- Right? I know! I just - I woke up like this?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi has so many questions. And, also, none of them are at all relevant right now. 

He pulls Sondra to her feet and hugs her. :You're back. That's all that matters. We - there's an emergency - we have to go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri catches up, Vanyel on her heels. :- What?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Honestly this isn't even CLOSE to the weirdest thing that's happened lately. 

"Doesn't matter. Come on, let's go." Vanyel beckons them back toward the waiting Elves. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro starts to lead them in the direction that he thinks is out of Lórien,

On second thought, actually—

Lord Irmo, he prays silently, can you please forget about the 'remote from civilization by nature' thing for a bit? We're kind of in a hurry.

"This might be a little disorienting," he warns the others.

Permalink Mark Unread

Irmo sighs, if immaterial gods can sigh, and puts them all on the lawn outside Fëanor's house.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, now that they're all gone, Mandos reaches backwards, retreating into the roots of his being beyond space, time and existence itself, and looks his Maker and his Master, the sun from which he is only a ray of light emanating, in the face.

Lord.

Permalink Mark Unread

What, my child?

Permalink Mark Unread

What in Eä is going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Normally I would tell you that whatever is going on, it is obviously something in Eä, and you had best deal with it. But that is not, in fact true.

Permalink Mark Unread

What.

Permalink Mark Unread

Velgarth is not my creation. It and its people are guests in my world, and they are not wholly within my power. Their ways are as strange to me as they are to you. However, I do not think that you should—or can—change them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, this would break his brain, if he had a brain. It's hard to be confused in the Allfather's presence, though.

I am not talking about Velgarth, I am talking about the thing where half of us died!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That was indeed, my doing. It's quite entertaining to see gods realize that they are, in fact, more human than they think. Wouldn't you agree?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mandos has no possible response to this. He snaps himself back to reality. Or what passes for it, these days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel stumbles and catches himself and instinctively reaches out with all his Othersenses. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Van? VAN!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Actually he was looking for Leareth, but now he's thoroughly distracted - and relieved, and delighted and giddy with it. 

:'Fandes! 'Fandes, I'm here - he sent me back - it's all right -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

She reaches him at a gallop and nearly knocks him flying. 

 

After an endless few seconds of nuzzling at his hair - 

:- Who sent you back?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:The local death god? Uh, I don't actually remember his name, just that he was mad when I thought he was the Shadow-Lover: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh: 

Yfandes noses at Vanyel's shoulder some more, blowing softly into his hair. 

:- Never mind. Let's go talk to Leareth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still with Fëanor and the others. Some time has passed, but from his perspective, not very much time. He isn't sure exactly what's happening - 

The burst of Valar magic outside catches his attention, though. 

:- I sensed something, magic, it might be Mandos sending them back -?: He really hopes it's not an attack. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor reaches out with his mind, checks the house's wards, sees if anything's changed.

"There are now at least four people on the grounds who haven't been here before," he tells Leareth. Wait, five, one's an infant. He thinks Calanáro and the Valdemaran healer are with them, though he doesn't know either of them well enough to be sure. "Mandos sending people back seems like the likeliest explanation, although he normally makes them come from the Halls on foot."

Calanáro? Who's with you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro? Mandos sent me back, and a few others who died in the Snap—my wife and small child, and a few Valdemarans I hadn't seen before. The Valdemaran healer was also in Lórien for some reason, but I don't think she was ever dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

We asked Mandos for one Valdemaran. I'm not sure about the others.

Did you find out what happened—why you died—?

Permalink Mark Unread

Apparently we're metaphysically incapable of time travel. Elë says it will work fine with Men, although I expect we'll have trouble finding test subjects at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's what I was afraid of. Anyway, we're still in the lab but we aren't really doing anything at the moment, meet us in the main hall.

He tells Tony and Leareth to follow him out of the lab.

Permalink Mark Unread

Calanáro leads the other party into the house where they meet Fëanor, Tony, and Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes is hanging back, because she's suddenly so confused. 

 

:- Sondra? Is that you - what -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sondra has mostly figured out the whole having two legs thing at this point! 

She keeps being really not sure what to do with her hands, though. They're just...there? Even when she's not using them for anything? Where are they supposed to go

:Yfandes! I - right, it's so weird - I think their death god just couldn't do our usual bodies?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a somewhat awkward tangle-up where Sondra tries to hug Yfandes and Yfandes tries to nuzzle up to her the way she would to another Companion. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sondra leans her head on Yfandes' flank for a moment. It keeps being very frustrating, how she can either do things with her current body by deliberately concentrating hard, or by not thinking about it at all, but nothing in between. 

:- All right. There's work to be done. We can catch up properly later: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes doesn't fit inside the house, so she paces outside, in mind-rapport with Vanyel and watching the scene through his eyes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Herald Vanyel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"....Are you, er, all right?" 

Vanyel is mentally kicking himself half a second later, that's such an absurd question to be asking given the circumstances. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's also one that Leareth has no idea how to answer! He's not sure what 'all right' even means as a concept, anymore. 

 

 

"I am - glad to see you," he says stiffly, after a long pause. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad to see you too." 

Leareth...doesn't seem entirely okay, Vanyel thinks. It's hard to tell because he never has much in the way of facial expressions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After another long pause, Leareth nods briskly. "Well. We have work to do." 

He switches to Mindspeech. :Fëanor? What is our plan now?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi grips Shavri's hand and watches this exchange with...some confusion, which he tries to hide. It feels like he's missing a lot of subtext here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I've been told that time travel ought to work fine for non-Elves, he answers Leareth. We should probably attempt that, although we may want to leave Valinor immediately now that the work that was necessary to do here is done. Give me a moment to get acquainted with the new arrivals.

"My name is Curufinwë Fëanáro," he says aloud, in perfect Valdemaran, broadcasting his thoughts as well for the two Earth humans' benefit. "Rightful king of the Noldor, though I haven't pressed it in a while. We're working on time travel as a means toward undoing the recent murder of half the universe's population. We have solved the—technical aspects—of the problem, but have discovered that my species, specifically, experiences fatal side effects from the process. We have strong reason to believe, though have not tested, that humans should be able to travel unharmed. The next step in the plan, assuming there is a willing volunteer, it to repeat our recent experiment with a human test subject.

"However, there is another critical concern. There is a magical effect on this planet such that subjective time passes 9.582 times more slowly here than on other worlds. I think that those directly involved in our efforts should return to Earth at once, to avoid any more of this effect. Those not directly involved are welcome to remain here; being in Valinor has a number of excellent physical and mental health benefits, and while it is not technically allowed for mortals to be here at all I think the Valar have other concerns at the moment."

Then, to Vanyel directly—"Herald Vanyel?" (He's heard the word "herald" in Valdemaran, and gathered that it's some sort of title, but has no real idea what it means. Some sort of political leader?) "I have heard something of you from Leareth, but I confess I do not know exactly who you are or what your role is in Valdemar."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaah this is the worst question to be asked right there in front of everyone, he's so self-conscious now. 

"Um, I'm a Herald of Valdemar. Meaning I was Chosen by one of the Companions to, er, be a part of Valdemar's government. I - have a lot of Gifts." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's understating things. Vanyel is the most powerful Herald-Mage in the kingdom - the most powerful we've seen in centuries, maybe ever - and has, what, eight other Gifts as well? He's a war hero, he's saved Valdemar from a number of threats, and he's - I guess he's part of the reason we weren't already at war with Leareth when this happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"He sounds useful, then. Would you like to come with us?" he asks Vanyel.

"Also," he says to Randi, "I don't think we've been introduced either."

Permalink Mark Unread

"King Randale of Valdemar. And Shavri's lifebonded." He squeezes her shoulders. "I'm - guessing you can't get us back to Valdemar easily right now? Any idea what's going on there, right now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Dara's in charge. She's - stressed but doing fine. Leareth's organization helped us an awful lot. It'll be all right." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi blinks. Then turns to Leareth, and bows his head. "I suppose we owe you a debt of gratitude, then." 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

 

....It's been an awkward number of seconds and Leareth's mind is still drawing a blank on what to say. 

"I could hardly have done anything else," he manages, finally. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there a non-awkward response to that. Randi isn't sure if that exists. 

"Um, well, thank you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel draws himself up. "I can be a test subject for the time travel. If you need that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Van!

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Huh? What? Someone has to." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes a deep breath. There's absolutely no reason for him to find that proposal as upsetting as he apparently does. 

"I think that we ought return to Earth and discuss this further then," he says tightly. "And I suspect it would make the most sense for one of my people to volunteer." They're a lot more expendable, although he isn't going to say that in front of Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's a little surprised by Randi's introduction; Randi doesn't exactly look like a king, although his idea of what a king should look like is his father and no one is ever going to be like his father.

"I don't know where your planet is in space," he tells him, "but there is a natural speed limit to the universe and it's unlikely that our ships could return you there in less than several decades, as time would be measured there. You would experience the voyage as taking much less time, but I'm not supposing that that would be helpful?

"—there is also a place in Valinor, the domain of one of our gods, where you could potentially observe events in Valdemar. Possibly she can also send you back; you've experienced Vala-teleportation, I think, I don't know if there's a range limit—"

He turns to Vanyel. "I was inviting you on the time-travel mission, assuming we are able to do this at all, not to be the first test subject. However, you are right: someone has to go first, and I don't personally have any opinion on who it ought to be, so if you would like to you may. I actually think we should perform the first trial here and now, where we already have the equipment set up, and are nearer to Mandos if anything does go wrong. He's already sent you back once, I expect he'd do it again, though one never can be sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "There's a pretty good argument for it, right? I–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No: A mindvoice interrupts all of them. :I lost you once, Van. I'm not risking it a second time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Fandes, but–" 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Don't I get a say? You're my Chosen. Gods, Van, and they need you. ...Honestly, if anyone's more expendable, it's me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What. No!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Also you are not human-shaped." Sigh. "Honestly, the only one of us without a soulbond to someone else is myself." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?"

He switches to private Mindspeech with Vanyel alone. :Also, unlike any of you, I have a backup plan:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, and your immortality method is horrible: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was assuming the Earth humans don't have soulbonds?" Randi offers. "Though, obviously, it's not my place to ask them to volunteer. ...Sondra might be the most expendable of us. If Shavri's all right then I - could handle losing her, I think. Probably. And she's human-shaped now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sondra is making a FACE but this argument does make sense! 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mandos might be more likely to send Leareth back, though, if he does die? Because, er, we clearly really badly need him. ...Also, is there any reason we can't just ask Mandos before we try it?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose you could try. We need to make a decision on this quickly, though - we are wasting time -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sighs. Closes his eyes, dragging a hand briefly over his face. He just got given a new body, he has NO EXCUSE to be suddenly feeling tired. It's just...a lot. 

"Fëanor? What do you think?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll ask the Earth humans," Fëanor says in Valdemaran.

Then in English to Tony and Bruce—"We are looking for a volunteer for our second attempt at time travel. I don't expect it to be harmful to humans, but I understand why you'd be reluctant and I wouldn't ask, except that most of our willing volunteers have magical soulbonds that would hurt their partners if they died."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It is probably not wise to do anything that might harm me—I become—quite destructive when provoked. I'm not sure if this would be the relevant sort of harm, and I'm having trouble with that thing anyway, but—still not wise."

Permalink Mark Unread

(This is quite confusing to Fëanor, so he skims Bruce's unguarded surface thoughts for context, and gods that is horrifying.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll do it if death god promises to send me back."

Permalink Mark Unread

TO RETURN A MORTAL FROM BEYOND DEATH IS AN EXTRAORDINARY THING. I AM DOING IT ONLY FOR VICTIMS OF AN ATTACK WHICH WAS EQUALLY EXTRAORDINARY. IF YOU INJURE YOURSELF IN THE PURSUIT OF TIME TRAVEL THAT IS NOT MY PROBLEM.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor looks back at Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Strange saw it working in one of the futures, no? I cannot see why it would work for an Earth human and not a Velgarth human, so - I will volunteer." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's stupid to be as stressed as he is about this, but Vanyel is so stressed! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor shows Leareth how to send himself five minutes into the future. Five minutes later he emerges, just fine, having experienced almost no time at all.

(It's even more confusing to Leareth's mage-senses than watching Calanáro's transit as an observer, although his trip is too brief to really get a good look at what's happening.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright, says Fëanor, using osanwë because his audience has no common language, let's figure out who's going back to Earth. Also, if anyone would like to go back to Valdemar it's possible, but not certain, that we could arrange that.

(Fëanor himself is going back to Earth, though the time travel problem will limit him to a support role.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I want to, he tells Elë, privately, but now that both of you are alive again perhaps Tyelpë had a point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I'm going too. Obviously we can't do the time travel part anyway, but I'm pretty sure at this point that Endórë isn't any more dangerous than here, and I want to see what they've been up to.

(She has been, during Fëanor's conversations with the Valdemarans and the time travel trial, checking their math. It looks pretty good, but she's definitely going to poke some fun at Calanáro for using literally all of Formenos' computers to brute-force a problem whose solution she'd been taught when she was thirty.)

Permalink Mark Unread

(Tony and Bruce are, obviously, going back.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel spends the entire five minute wait pacing frantically, and then feels like an idiot about this once Leareth turns out to be, obviously, fine. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I guess we should ask about going back, if it's possible we can." 

Randi squeezes Shavri's hand again. He's...sort of finding himself hoping it won't turn out to be possible? Which is weird, and also obviously something he's going to ignore, but - well, it's not like he ever liked being King. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- I would like to see the god-domain that would allow me to see what is happening on Velgarth, if it is not too much of a delay." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's—somewhat on the way."

He starts packing up their equipment to be loaded onto the ship, and as he does so—

Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo is sitting in the library with Macalaurë, reading a horribly polemical Elvish-written history of Endórë in the Fifth Age, and comparing it with his brother's memories of the same time.

Father?

Permalink Mark Unread

We are getting ready to go back. What did you learn from Leareth?

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very difficult to read; I would doubt that I got anything from him that he didn't want me to have. I have seen no indication he isn't one of the Secondborn, but I suspect him to be much older than he looks. I would doubt that he is overly fond of gods. I would not assume he had any reason for coming here other than to undo Thanos' mass murder, but if he ends up with a chance to get the Infinity Stones I doubt he will go home quietly either. He is—intensely loyal—to someone or something, to the point of continuing to work at his goals through great suffering, but I cannot tell to whom or what.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he someone we can work with?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

But I would not recommend it if you mean to betray him afterwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want you to come with us. Our inability to travel through time complicates things. We will need allies, and he—seems like the best option, at the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

When they board the ship to fly to Taniquetil, and from there to Earth, Maitimo sits next to Leareth. He doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is quiet as well. He's thinking. 

Mostly, right now, he feels - hopeful? Which is a little like exercising a muscle he hasn't used in months. It's tiring

He has allies. He has Vanyel. They have time travel - for a limited number of people, but no longer a limited number or distance of trips, if Fëanor is right. He's not sure to what extent they have a plan, other than that, but - 

- but the familiar bedrock trust-in-himself that he's built over centuries, that the Snap shook so badly, is creeping back. He'll figure something out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel snuggles up against Yfandes and watches Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

At this point Maitimo is pretty sure the best thing to do with Leareth is just tell him their plan. Possibly as let's-not-resurrect-the-gods rather than let's-kill-them-outright, but probably Leareth would not take too much issue with the idea that they should not cause the world to contain more incomprehensible alien entities with the power to utterly destroy people's lives.

He doesn't do that, yet, because his father would have a fit.

Permalink Mark Unread

They land at the top of a mountain that is, in terms of relief above the surrounding land, more than twice as high as any on Earth or Velgarth. The air up here is so thin that, even though it's still daytime, the sky is almost black.

The mansion of Manwë and Varda looks more like a space station built with Elven architectural sensibilities than it does a house. They are, in fact, almost in space. The ship docks directly to it, to keep the air inside from being sucked out.

They get off the ship and walk down a long, empty hallway whose floor is a cold, hard material that's neither metal nor stone nor glass, and emerge beneath a huge transparent dome.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a goddess there waiting for them. Those of Velgarth might confuse her for the Star-Eyed; she definitely has stars in her eyes. Her color scheme is reversed, though: black hair and white robes instead of the opposite. She's supernaturally beautiful in a way that's almost painful to look at and yet nearly impossible to look away from.

HELLO, she says. WHAT BRINGS YOU HERE?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth walks into the dome and - stops. Stands rooted to the spot, captivated by the glittering velvety depth of that sky. It feels...three-dimensional, in a way that the stars as seen from Earth never do; not just a dome dotted with lights, but a vast universe. 

It's the first time that he's really LOOKED at the stars, since he learned that there were millions of inhabited worlds out there. Trillions of people. 

 

 

Half of them dead, now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He freezes in a completely different way when the goddess speaks to them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- My lady?" King Randale says uncertainly. He's not sure of the correct form of address for a god. "I - we heard we could...see our world, from here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is she the one who might be able to send us home?: Shavri adds to Fëanor. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel rests his cheek against Yfandes mane and looks at the sky. Then at Leareth. He has a sudden, random and pointless urge to offer him a hug. Leareth is probably not the sort of person who likes hugs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eleniel steps forward and bows so briefly that she might as well not have bothered. She spent twenty years at Ilmarin, once, and is well-acquainted with the goddess. Protocol is protocol, but nothing more.

"M'lady," she says, "these are Men of Velgarth, who would like to look upon their home."

Permalink Mark Unread

Silmarië. I thought you dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her half a second to remember that that's her name. No one calls her by her mother-name except her actual mother, Varda, and most of the others who'd lived or studied on Taniquetil; there are a lot of Eleniels among families with hereditary devotions to Manwë and Varda, but while her mother-name technically has a star-related etymology as well, few self-respecting Vanyar would name their child anything that sounded so close to "Silmaril". Mother-names are prophetic, people say, and a lot of them blame hers for everything they think is wrong with her.

"Námo sent me back to explain to Fëanáro why he shouldn't attempt to travel through time."

Permalink Mark Unread

If Varda is confused by this, she doesn't show it.

She looks directly at Randi, and he briefly loses the ability to form anything resembling a coherent thought.

YES. LIGHT IS MY CREATION, AND I AM AWARE OF ALL OF IT, THOUGH DISTANCE OR SHADOW MAY OBSCURE IT FROM NATURAL SIGHT. THOSE WHO STAND HERE MAY BORROW MY VISION.

She points at Velgarth's star amid the millions overhead. If Randi, or Leareth, looks, they will be able to see things with impossible, dizzying resolution—see Velgarth itself, orbiting the star, and its continents and oceans and mountains and forests, and if they look closer still they will be able to see people, though they won't be able to hear them.

Then she looks at Leareth.

WHY DO YOU FEAR ME, CHILD OF ILLÚVATAR?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, he tells Shavri.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks out on Valdemar from above. 

It's...upsetting. But not as bad as he had vaguely been fearing. Maybe Leareth's aid really did make a difference, there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri doesn't interrupt. It seems like not the best time to ask Varda about transport back to Velgarth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth forces himself to lift his head, meet the goddess' eyes. His pulse is racing, pointlessly. 

"You...remind me of a goddess of my own world, who - did not look kindly on me. Most of the gods of Velgarth do not. ...If it is even true that I am a 'child of Illuvátar', I cannot say that I bear Them any fondness either." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Varda regards Leareth curiously. She can tell, immediately, that he's already far outlived his appointed span of years, and in more normal times this would cause her—not to dislike him, but certainly to be concerned by him. But these are not normal times, and he seems to come from a place where the usual rules don't apply anyway.

I AM NOT ACTUALLY SURE THAT YOU ARE A CHILD OF ILLÚVATAR, she tells Leareth. NONETHELESS, WHILE YOU ARE HERE, YOUR UNFONDNESS FOR HIM WILL HARM NONE BUT YOURSELF.

She turns back to Randi and Shavri. DID YOU COME ONLY TO LOOK? she asks. I CAN, IF YOU WOULD LIKE, SEND YOU HOME.

Permalink Mark Unread

He glances at Shavri. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs, and nods. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi slips an arm around her shoulders. 

"Yes. I think we'd better go back. If you're willing to send us there, I - would be deeply grateful." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, still trying to recover his balance after the unexpected godinteraction, takes his own turn looking at Velgarth's star in the sky, and then closer, at the planet, the continents - cities, farms, people - but not nearly as many people as there should be... 

And there are bodies.

He sees children's bodies. Two of them, on a goat-track by the side of a river, a toddler and a slightly older child of maybe five. About halfway between an apparently-abandoned farmstead, and the nearest half-empty town. Unlucky enough to lose both their parents, maybe, and they tried to reach the nearest town, but they didn't make it. 

This is happening everywhere

He's so incredibly angry with Thanos. 

 

 

 

If he looks around at the other stars, can he see the other inhabited worlds? 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are millions in the galaxy. An uncountable number, beyond that, but it's very hard to see that far even from here.

There's a huge variety of species with varying levels of sapience. Most worlds are even lower-tech than Velgarth, and don't have magic. Most have no idea what turned half their world's population into dust, and are taking it hard. Between wars, famine, and the loss of critical infrastructure, the worst-hit worlds are on their way to losing half of the half whom Thanos spared.

But there is hope, too. There are as many ancient enemies that joined together in the face of this unprecedented threat, as there are wars of opportunity breaking out in its aftermath. Captain Marvel's mission has helped a lot, there. When people know what hit them, they're—not less scared, if anything they're more so, to learn that weapons of such terrifying power exist, but they at least have something to orient themselves around. Someone to blame instead of each other, even if fighting him is utterly beyond their reach.

And a small minority of worlds are high-tech, or magical (he often can't tell the difference), with wonders Leareth never dreamt of. There are powers in the universe that make the gods of Velgarth seem small. Not only mysterious ancient unique things like the Infinity Stones, but powers that he and the people of his world could one day achieve. They could travel among the stars, one day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi, Shavri, and Sondra are now back in Valdemar.

Permalink Mark Unread

This sets off an urgent Web-alarm! 

 

...Valdemar does not, currently, have a single Herald-Mage linked into the Web. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Rolan, however, does have a certain kind of access to the Web. He doesn't normally use this to alert Heralds, but these are unusual times. 

:Dara. Web-alarm, by the Heralds' temple: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Hmm? A Gate?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:No. Something - else: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm coming: 

She runs. 

- and stumbles to a halt, staring around. "I - wha...? Randi -" She's probably hallucinating or something because that isn't possible.  

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a long story." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shavri says nothing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's - how..." 

:Shavri, is it - really him?: She's not sure what ELSE this could be, but. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes: 

Pause. 

:There is a death god. In another world. Everyone went there. He - made an exception. Because of the lifebond. Brought Randi back: 

Another, longer pause. 

:Vanyel, too. Leareth asked: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara stays on her feet and does not fall over. It's taking some willpower, though. Her knees feel shaky. 

"Vanyel's...alive?" she says, wonderingly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes." Randi makes a wry face. "Of course, he instantly tried to volunteer for a suicide mission once he was back." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Vanyel!

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's exactly what Randi sounded like at the time." 

She glances around. "We might as well go in, I'm sure there's a lot to do." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I - right..." Dara's head is still reeling. She feels slow and stupid and miles behind the situation.

After a beat, as she starts to turn, her eyes manage to focus on the unfamiliar woman standing by Randi's shoulder. 

Is that another Herald who she's managed to totally forget about?

"- Wait, hello - you are...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi and his Companion look at each other, and then both burst out laughing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's Sondra. Death god sent her back like that." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The death god did what? Huh. Weird." She's confused but this particular confusion doesn't seem like the top priority. "And, sure, let's go in." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I already gave Randi the run-down on who we lost," Shavri says quietly as they walk. The Palace grounds are very quiet, the lawns and gardens noticeably unkempt. Flowerbeds are no one's priority, right now. "I - wasn't exactly on top of day to day logistics, though, so not sure what's been going on there. Is Joshel -?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He's managing. Seems about the same as before." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wince. "I - gods - I didn't even think to ask for his Companion back as well..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Dara opens her mouth to answer, then closes it again, and ducks her head and says nothing. 

They walk inside mostly in silence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran is waiting for them. 

"I heard that Randi– oh, you weren't joking. Hellfires." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's good to be back. I'm - sorry, that I wasn't there -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Keiran snorts. Vaguely waves a hand. "Don't be. You're looking well." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm feeling pretty amazing." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's something." 

It's the second - or by some count, the fourth - wonderful and amazing thing to happen in the last ten minutes. Surely that should feel like something, but Dara's insides hold only aching numbness. 

"Well, have a seat - to start, we've got two dozen of Leareth's mages here in Valdemar, not in the Web but they've got vrondi-talismans and they're covering the basic mage-work we need..." 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few minutes of Dara's rundown, Shavri clears her throat, lifting a hand. 

"Sorry. I just, I should've said right away, I got distracted. Leareth - found some other people with their own kinds of Gifts. Different from ours. He joined their team. And they figured out how to go back in time." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They what." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"They're going to try to take Thanos down. And...maybe, somehow, if they're smart enough - lucky enough - maybe they can go back and, and -" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"And undo it," Keiran breathes. "Gods." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Randi shakes his head. "And they've got Leareth on their side. Thanos won't have any idea what hit him." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Back in the clear-ceilinged dome, Leareth stares at devastated worlds, one after another. At destruction and heartbreak and unbearable costs - and at hope, shimmering through a veil of tears. 

He made a VOW. 

He's never going to stop fighting until this is fixed. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony remembers the last time he was here, and realizes something.

"Can you—can you see Thanos?" he asks Varda.

Permalink Mark Unread

NO. SAURON, WITH THE POWER OF THE RING, HAS VEILED THEM BOTH FROM ME.

Permalink Mark Unread

Disappointing but he supposes if she did know where he was she would have killed him by now.

"Alright then, let's head out," he says to everyone remaining.

Permalink Mark Unread

ERU'S GRACE BE WITH YOU, AVENGERS.

I WISH YOU WELL.

Permalink Mark Unread

They leave Taniquetil and fly eastward, through the mid-ocean portal, then turn around and head back to the Avengers headquarters.

"I'm going to check in with Cap, see if we have any more of a plan now," says Tony when they land. "Leareth, I'm sure you'll want to check in with your people; talk to Strange as well and find out how the magic experiments went. Elves, get all the time travel stuff set up where we had it before."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth's mind is still mostly elsewhere, caught by the flickers glimpsed of hundreds, thousands, of worlds - 

"Of course. Vanyel, come with me?" 

He checks in with Nayoki via Mindspeech while they look for Strange. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything has been going well! Leareth should get a report from Strange himself on the magic experiments, but he's studied examples of nearly every Velgarth Gift at this point. With the exception of Bardic, they didn't bring a Bard on this trip. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fortunately, we can address that now! I have Vanyel with me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Mandos had him, and agreed to send him back. Valdemar's King as well. Things ought go better there, now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yfandes stays back, listening in through Vanyel's senses. Earth architecture isn't very Companion-friendly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange finds the two of them soon after. Looks a bit sideways at Vanyel.

:Leareth. And, uh—I'm afraid I didn't catch your name. In fact I'm pretty sure you weren't here when they left. Did he pull you out of the past, or Mandos, or what?

:How'd the time travel go? Based on my original vision it seemed like you were at the point where there wasn't much left to do, so after the sixth day of you being gone we started to assume things had gone horribly wrong.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:...They figured it out on the first day of work, and the initial trial - succeeded at the time travel part. It turns out that it is fatal for Elves, which made us more reluctant to test on humans, though it did prove to work fine for me. It also turned out that Mandos has all of Velgarth's dead as well as Earth's. This is Herald-Mage Vanyel, of Valdemar: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel nods and smiles and tries not to look like someone who finds meeting new people incredibly draining. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Vanyel is - a long-time friend: Leareth feels that at this point, he can leave out the other...complications, there. :Also, an extremely powerful mage, and possessing eight other Velgarth Gifts as well: 

Permalink Mark Unread

That doesn't seem like it would take a week—oh, yeah, the time-warp effect.

:I didn't know there were that many Gifts, to be honest. We've been studying them—my magic seems to do basically the same things as your mages', and I can imitate most of their spells, and vice versa, though it's a lot of work and we both already have most things that are going to be useful in combat. I haven't been able to get hardly anywhere imitating the other Gifts. There are some, ah, implementation differences too—I'm pretty sure both your species and your planet have been heavily modified by whatever it is you're calling gods, because I don't have an unusual region in my brain—I used to be a neurosurgeon, I've definitely checked—and this planet doesn't have ley lines unless you just mean the magnetic field. I do most of my magic via this:—he points out his Sling Ring—:and am not limited by my own internal energy reserve, although the continuous power I can use isn't much greater than your people's—maybe less than yours, Vanyel, if you're as great as Leareth says. I'm fairly sure I can't do the suicide-bombing thing, although I don't plan to try.

:There's going to be a planning session for the time travel expedition in the main conference room in a few minutes. You should join us.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can channel five times as much power as Savil: Vanyel offers quietly. :More, for short bursts, though I - prefer not to push it that hard: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:The other Gifts involve...a great deal of hidden complexity, I think: Leareth acknowledges. :Especially in the sensory elements. It is possible to crudely imitate Mindspeech with a communication-spell, and Mindhealing with compulsions, but even with centuries of research, I have not made progress on replicating their Sight. Anyway, we will be happy to join your planning meeting: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Five times as much as Savil is way more than he can produce with the Sling Ring alone. If he still had an Infinity Stone, it would be a different story.

He leads them to the conference room, where the rest of the Avengers, Fëanor, Savil, and Nayoki are gathered.

Permalink Mark Unread

Steve and Tony are at the front of the room.

"So nearly everyone in this room—well, all of the Avengers, at least—have had an encounter with at least one of the six Infinity Stones," he's saying.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Or, substitute the word 'encounter' for damn near been killed by one of the six Infinity Stones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, we've identified several points in time and space when multiple stones were in a known location that would be—relatively—easy for a team of us to go in and grab. Point number one: six years ago, in New York City—for the off-world people, there's a city of approximately ten million about fifty miles south of here—during Loki's, ah, attempt to conquer the planet. He had the Mind and Space Stones, and the Time Stone was nearby, in the Sanctum Sanctorum that's run by Strange's people. The plan there is to slip in right as the battle is winding down and grab the Stones in the chaos."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I wasn't practicing magic yet at the time. However, the previous Sorcerer Supreme could see the future, so she'll know me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is listening attentively. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel...is not. 

He thought he would never see Savil again. He couldn't even imagine what it must be like for her, he mostly bounced away from even thinking about it, when he was in the Shadow-Lover realm when he was wherever Mandos keeps his dead people... 

Savil's eyes are locked with his and the entire room feels full and vibrating with everything they have to catch up on - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil wasn't completely caught off guard; Yfandes contacted Kellan as soon as their arrived, and Kellan told her the fastest way to see her nephew would be at the meeting anyway, so she went there. At a run. 

Vanyel. 

Vanyel

There's work to be done and she should really be trying to pay attention to the stupid strategy meeting but VANYEL. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances at them. 

:- Strange, I think that Vanyel and Savil could use a moment: he sends, privately. :They are family, and they - were not expecting to ever see one another again: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel wants a hug so badly but that would be so embarrassing in front of all these people he doesn't know. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange whispers something to Steve. Er, the other Steve, though absolutely no one calls him that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Take five, guys. Give the new arrivals a moment to catch up."

The Avengers and Fëanor leave the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no did someone notice he was distracted, this is so mortifying. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil isn't mortified at all. 

She crosses the room in four steps, and throws her arms around him. :Van, ke'chara - gods - are you all right -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He stiffens briefly, and then decides that being embarrassed is pointless, and tucks his head against Savil's shoulder. 

:I'm all right. I'm - better than I've been in a long time. I missed you:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I missed you too. Everyone did. ...Leareth especially: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:What, really?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gods, ke'chara, you didn't notice? He was devastated. - I mean, about all of it, really, but - I think it hurt, losing you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess I'm the only one where he saw it happen, up close: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He what? .....Gods. Ouch. In the dream?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It was pretty terrible timing: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. :No kidding: She squeezes him tighter. :...Anyway. We've got a lot of catching up to do, but - maybe after the strategy meeting?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:One more minute?: Vanyel rests his cheek against her shoulder. :I just– I missed you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I know. But I'm here now, ke'chara. I'm not going anywhere: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They hug for another couple of minutes, and are focused and ready by the time the rest of the Avengers get back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth has been waiting just outside the room, not wanting to impose on their space. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The others filter back in.

"Okay, next—the Reality Stone. Thor, what do you know?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, so first of all the Reality Stone is more of an angry sludge thing than a stone most of the time. On Asgard we called it the Aether. Five years ago my girlfriend at the time stuck her hand inside a rock and then the Aether stuck itself inside her. I had to take her to Asgard to get it removed. We should be able to grab it from just after that point."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Power Stone was mostly unguarded on a planet called Morag prior to about the same point. And the Soul Stone was on a planet called Vormir until Thanos claimed it."

He pauses for several seconds, then Mindspeaks Leareth privately.

:Leareth, there is—something about the Soul Stone which you ought to know. I—don't think that telling everyone will go too well, but Tony and Cap know, and I think you ought to as well. And Vanyel too, possibly, but I'll leave that decision to you.:

Permalink Mark Unread

That's awfully ominous. Leareth is generally in favour of having all the information he can get his hands on, though. 

He glances at Vanyel, whose eyes are fixed on Strange, but with one hand still entwined around Savil's. 

:Go on:

Permalink Mark Unread

:To claim the Soul Stone, one must sacrifice someone they love. 'A soul for a soul' is the way it's phrased. In such a way that they cannot be resurrected by any means, I believe, since the Soul Stone itself would normally give one that power and I have not heard of it being used in such a way.

:Tony and Cap have volunteered to go. I don't know which one plans not to come back, but I'll let them work that out between themselves. However, I feel like—you, and your people, should also have the chance to volunteer, though of course we do not expect you to.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Oh. Thank you for telling me, it - is relevant: 

It...makes a lot of sense, that this information isn't wise to share with everyone. 

Vanyel, Leareth thinks, can probably take it calmly. And would be furious with Leareth afterward, if he learned Leareth had known and decided against telling him. 

He can think about that and decide after the meeting though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Strange thinks it unwise to have anyone travel back to an event in which they were personally involved unless it's absolutely necessary. Thor will be going to Asgard, I think that's unavoidable and we don't really have anyone else who could navigate things there. Strange will be getting the Time Stone in New York. Tony and I will be going to Vormir. The rest is still up in the air—I think Velgarth people could handle the rest—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe we shouldn't send the medieval wizards into the middle of a battle with aliens in New York City. At least, not alone."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll go with them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Leareth, Vanyel, your thoughts?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Honestly I think we can look after ourselves in a battle with aliens, especially if it already happened in your timeline and you can advise us on what magical protections to prepare." 

:- Strange, is there any reason the missions need to take place simultaneously, such that our total staffing for all of them is limited to ten people? I would make different choices on who to bring to New York. Also, I - am not sure of the strategic cost to you of losing one of Captain America and Tony, but...I can think of possible options among my people where it might be substantially lower: 

This doesn't mean that the options currently floating in his head aren't very horrible. Just, in some sense, possibly less costly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I suppose there is not. That didn't occur to me, I suppose our planning was biased by the originally foreseen version in which we were limited in total trips.

:If you need a moment to talk with your people privately, we can give you that.: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think we ought at least do New York separately, then; it sounds rather chaotic, and having more redundancy might end up mattering. Especially Mindspeakers, for staying in communication. I suppose the Heralds will need to be separated from their Companions for it, since you do not have time travel suits for horses: 

And, separately, to Vanyel: 

:I have a question for you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Oh no. Vanyel can tell from the overtones that this is going to be awful and horrifying in some way. 

:Yes?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth summarizes the Soul Stone question, tersely and neutrally. 

:- and, no, I am absolutely not going to let you die for it. Valdemar will need you, after this is all over. I did want to ask if you had any ideas: 

He has one, but he's not going to be the first to say it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Vanyel hates his brain so much right now. Why did he even think of that. Now he can't unthink it. Or stop from noticing that, in fact, it would work and has a lot to recommend it. Goddamnit. Aaaaaaaaaaaah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Savil: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is realizing that he had also been hoping Vanyel would fail to think of the obvious option. 

:You think she would agree to it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes. In a heartbeat. She would have all sorts of arguments, too, how she's only got a few years left anyway - she won't be much good if there's fighting, during this mission or afterward - she, she, she matters to a lot of people but - it's only a matter of time, right, we all die sooner or later. Except for you, I guess: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

:...That could change, you know. We have new resources now: 

They might, at some point, have the infinity stones. Leareth is pretty sure those would be sufficient to solve mortality on Velgarth. Assuming anyone let him use them for that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- But someone has to do this, right. And Savil - wouldn't be giving up as many years as anyone else on the team: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:How disruptive would it be to Valdemar?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

A sort of mental shrug. :Some? But we've gotten a lot better at redundancy, and - well, now we know that we don't need to prepare for war with you, right. We've got your help, in fact: 

Vanyel REALLY HATES that his mind insists on generating all the arguments Savil would make to him, up front. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And, would you - be all right...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel takes a deep breath. Lets it out. 

:...Yes. I think so. It'd - mean something, right? And...I'm just a lot more, er, stable now, in general. Mandos fixed the broken lifebond: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

:....You had not mentioned that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. :Seemed like there were higher priorities: 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's surprising, and kind of fascinating, how much Leareth hates having this conversation.

:- Could you actually do it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel starts to answer, then stops, and makes himself actually think about it. 

:Pretty sure I could. It'd - mean something, right? And, well, Heralds almost never die in our beds. There's - something to be grateful for, almost, if it's - a time and place you chose. And you know what you're trading your life for. I think that...would matter, to her: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth spends a long moment thinking about whether he believes Vanyel on that.

The issue with even proposing this as an idea is that Vanyel is...far too prone to choosing the path that involves him having to sacrifice something instead of someone else doing so, and might feel like he didn't have a choice. 

 

 

- he believes him this time, though. And it's not like there's any possible path, here, where no one gets hurt. He wonders, vaguely, if Tony or Captain America are married, if they have children... 

 

:I suppose you should ask her: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel knows Savil almost as well as he knows himself - better, in some ways, sometimes it's easier to look another person's strengths and weaknesses head-on than to look at your own - and he's not in any doubt about what she's going to say.

 

He has to ask anyway, of course, so he does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a pause, 

 

:Oh, ke'chara. You know the answer. I'm sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Damn it, Savil. I still need you to say it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few more seconds, Vanyel relays the answer to Leareth. 

:She says she's got to be more replaceable than almost any of these people here on Earth, given that you've apparently got another couple hundred Adepts stashed in your back pocket. Er, there is the thing where Kellan would be choosing it alongside her, but he agrees, and...: 

There isn't really anything else to say. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth relays this answer to Strange. 

:- I am obviously not delighted with this plan, but it - has its upsides, on the replaceability aspect. I trust them both absolutely - to be able to carry through with it, without any last minute qualms or fighting over who should be the sacrifice. I think you can assess better than I can how it affects our total available forces on a strategic level: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange relays what's going on to Cap and Tony.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Everyone but me, Tony, Strange, and these three—" he gestures to Leareth, Vanyel, and Savil—"take another five, please."

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone leaves except Nat.

"No. What's going on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Soul Stone. It—demands a sacrifice. Someone the wielder loves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And you didn't tell me so I couldn't volunteer, I presume—who did you have in mind—"

And she goes silent as she realizes.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We don't trade lives." He echoes this in his public thoughts as he says it, so that the Valdemarans can understand. It's an answer for Savil as well as Nat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is...just going to stay out of this argument, maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil, on the other hand, gives Captain America an incredibly dubious look. 

:...I mean, it's not a comfortable way to think of it. I get that. And - I get that it's different, when it's just - choosing your personnel deployments, who gets sent into danger when, and it's not for sure. But, I don't know – it never feels that different, in the end, when you put a name on a list to send your student to the border, and six months later the Death Bell rings for them, and you know it was your decision...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I let one of my closest friends call a Final Strike, once. I didn't even try to talk her out of it. Because the alternative - me pulling a bunch of power myself - would've caused a lot of collateral damage and probably killed hundreds of innocent civilians. And it - just made more sense, strategically, for her to make that sacrifice: 

Vanyel's mindvoice is very level. There's grief, there, but it's a long time ago. Water under the bridge. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:There's a saying, you know, that Heralds almost never die in our beds. We made a vow, and we trade our lives for Valdemar. Usually for so, so much less than what's at stake here - gods, and without even knowing if it'll work out and buy anything at all: 

She glances at Captain America, then at the others. 

:Honestly, if we're going to send anyone to do this, I reckon we should send someone who's comfortable with the concept: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was a soldier once, as well. Still am. I know what it means to give up everything for my country. I meant to do it, seventy-five years ago. I crashed my plane into the ice. Somehow I survived and they managed to unfreeze me decades later, but—that was a miracle, and not, to tell the truth, always a welcome one. The life I gave up, the woman I loved, the things I meant to die for, are all still back there in 1943. I meant—I've been meaning, now that we have time travel, to go back there when this is over. Live it through properly. But that's selfish. My country—my universe, as things are now—needs me now, and I'm prepared to pay the ultimate price for it.

"But if you're prepared to do the same, it's not my place to tell you no."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil meets his eyes, levelly, through that whole speech. 

:Listen, young man– how old are you anyway? I don't mean how many years ago you were born, I mean how many you've lived. Because I've lived a lot more. I've had my lovers. Outlived a few of them. I've looked death in the face, thought I was about to give my life for my kingdom, gods, must be dozens of times - I could be a little reckless in my youth, fine. I've had my time. More of it than I ever thought I'd get. I've had almost eighteen years with Vanyel, here, and obviously I'd take more years, but...it's enough. I'm not waiting for anything, anymore. Last thing was - being there for Vanyel, when he was destined to fight Leareth, but that's clearly not going to happen. If I can - be there with him in this fight, that's - I won't be breaking any promises to him. It's all right:

She rests her hands on her hips. :And you, young man, need to survive this thing and go live that life you never got to have. All right? If you won't do it for yourself, can you do it to make an old woman happy?: 

 

 

Kellan coached her through a LOT of that spiel. She hopes he's right that it's convincing and not just absurdly melodramatic and stupid-sounding. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel turns his head away. He's not quite crying but he's close. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Captain America sighs deeply.

"If it's what you want. I—I agree that I would be giving up more than you by sacrificing myself."

Permalink Mark Unread

:What I 'want' is putting it strongly, but - I figure this makes the most sense. Vanyel?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

After a long pause,

:- Can we do it after New York? I - it would be easier. If you were with me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...In all honesty I'm a little old for a battlefield. Still. A battle with aliens? Reckon I've got one last fight in me, and I wouldn't miss it for the world, ke'chara: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel glances over at Leareth. 

It's very tempting to say that if Captain America wants to sacrifice himself for his country so badly then he should just do it, but. 

 

:Leareth: he sends privately. :I'm - a bit worried these people aren't - used to thinking about this kind of trade. And might have - more trouble than Savil and I would, going through with it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- People are often capable of doing what is necessary when the future of the universe is at stake, whether or not they are used to sending their friends out to die: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I guess. I don't know. Maybe you're right, I just...: Shrug. :Captain America might've been a soldier, but Tony isn't, and I - think he's lost a lot less than I have: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And thus would be more traumatized by making that call than you expect to be? I - suppose that is a factor that could make sense to take into account: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. 

:I don't even know Captain America. I literally just met him, and I - I already don't want him to feel like he has to do this. I'm...not sure he even understands how much he'd be giving up. Savil does: 

After a moment, he turns back to the Avengers. 

:Savil and I will go. After New York, since I don't think there's any reason to do those in parallel: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

He signals the rest of the group to rejoin them.

"So it's just been pointed out that we don't actually need to do this in parallel," he tells the group. "In light of that, I think we should send as many as we can to New York and then get the other stones after returning from there. Speaking just in terms of usefulness, I think the team should be me, Tony, Thor, Strange, Scott, and five Velgarthians—if Bruce and Natasha are okay with being left behind, and Velgarth can come up with five people objectively more useful than them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Bruce and Natasha don't want to be left behind but are aware that, at least at the moment, neither of them have any special powers and a lot of other people here do.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh yeah, this actually solves another problem. The time travel doesn't do space travel, and our only spaceship capable of reaching Morag or Vormir was collateral damage of Varda's overly bright assassination attempt on Thanos. We can solve that problem by getting the Space Stone first."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances around. 

:I would propose myself, Vanyel, and Nayoki as especially useful in combat. Vanyel wished to bring Savil. Who else is a candidate?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Brightstar? He's excellent in a fight, and - he very badly wants to be involved: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:He may not want to go without Featherfire. Her main Gift is Animal Mindspeech, which is - not obviously useful in a city fighting aliens: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Aren't cities full of rats? She could send some enraged rats after whoever she felt like: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...I think that brings us to six, so we need to decide who to leave out: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil lets out her breath. Looks over at Vanyel. 

:Ke'chara, I know you want me beside you, but I'm not sure it actually makes sense. It's not worth having me there if it bumps Nayoki. Not to mention, if I get myself killed out there then we can't do the Soul Stone later: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. :You're right: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll be with you in spirit, ke'chara. And - we'll be together later, right: Pause. :As long as you don't stupidly get yourself killed out there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel chuckles, bitterly. :I doubt Leareth would let me get away with that:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth waits another ten seconds or so. 

:- All right, then I think we have our roster. Myself, Nayoki, Vanyel, Brightstar, and Featherfire: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright."

He relays the final roster aloud for the other Avengers.

"Do we want to leave immediately? I don't know what, uh, time zone you guys who went to Valinor are on."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not quite sure either. We spent less than a day there, but it was pretty late when we arrived."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I would prefer to get a night's sleep first. And prepare our magical protections. Which of you were present for the battle we will be revisiting? I wish to get a better sense of what the main threats are and what protective talismans we ought to wear for it: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I was there, so were Cap, Thor, Bruce, and Natasha." He points out the latter two as he says their names. "As far as the threats, uh, lots of aliens in big spaceships? They're pretty squishy individually but there were a fuckton of them. I can show you some video recordings—uh, FRIDAY—

"We're planning to go in about five minutes before past me nukes their mothership anyway, that'll give us just enough time to get in position to grab the Space and Mind Stones before they get taken off where we can't get to them, without exposing ourselves to too much risk of random violent death by alien.

"So, possibly bigger danger is Loki, Thor's somewhat...wayward brother who was orchestrating the whole thing on Thanos' behalf. Thor thinks he was mind-controlled, I'm not so sure but that's not the point. He had the Mind Stone in his scepter and was using it to mind-control people, and he had the Space Stone in this blue cube thing called the Tesseract and was using it to make a portal for his army of aliens to come through. Uh, Thor and Loki are both Asgardians, they look like humans but they're super strong and have really advanced tech, a few cultures here a thousand years ago worshipped them as gods, et cetera. Even most stuff I make can't really touch them. Loki in particular can shape-shift. I don't know how the durability or the shapeshifting will hold up against your magic, but if you have to fight him I'd suggest something other than blasting.

"The third problem is that the secret agency that took the Mind Stone after the battle, and tried to take the Space Stone, was actually evil. We didn't know it at the time—we gave them the Stones not knowing they'd been infiltrated—but it will make things significantly more complicated than they otherwise would be if they manage to get away with them this time—if they'd actually ended up at SHIELD like they should've we could probably just drop in way later and ask them—"

Permalink Mark Unread

FRIDAY plays some video clips of the Battle of New York on the conference room's main screen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is immediately very distracted by the concept of recordings of moving pictures! (Everyone else has seen them before and at least somewhat gotten used to it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth watches for a minute, until he's pretty sure he's seen everything that's useful to him. 

He turns to Thor. :Would you mind if we tested some non-destructive, easily reversible Velgarth magic on you? It seems important to check if Velgarth Mindhealing or Compulsions would work on Asgardians: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Pretty sure Thoughtsensing does: Vanyel volunteers. :I met Loki, in Mandos' realm. He was being kept prisoner in Sauron's place, but I could tell something was off: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It might not function the same when dead, though, so we'd better test it. Go ahead, I guess, just warn me of exactly what you're going to do first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm going to drop the shield I have on you to let them do the test," Strange tells Thor, and then does so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth turns to Nayoki. Nods.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am going to attempt a compulsion, which is mage-work, and then a Mindhealing set-command: Nayoki tells Thor. :Both will be very simple; they should prevent you from walking or moving your feet, but have no other effects. I will leave each one for ten seconds so that you can test it and attempt to break it, and then undo it - or, if you ask us to, I will undo it sooner. Ready?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

She tries the compulsion, exactly as described. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor is unable to move his feet for ten seconds!

"Huh. That's weird," he says.

Also, now that Nayoki is looking, she notices another small mind in what appears to be empty space near Thor. Definitely not a human, too simple even to be an animal, and oddly, artificially regular, but something with its own limited intelligence, nonetheless.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll ask him about it after. 

:Now I will test the Mindhealing set-command: 

This one has the same effect, but it's a lot faster, and it - feels like something, in his head, in addition to the pure physical effects. Like a wall being dropped into place, and for a fraction of a second the world is soft around the corners and then it snaps back. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor looks significantly more disconcerted by this one than the last one, but it also works.

"Of course, while Loki has the Mind Stone, this magic will probably be useless on him, at least if he notices it, and he'll probably be able to lay compulsions on you that your magic can't break."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Leareth is very good at compulsions. I expect he could manage one subtle enough that Loki would not notice: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:And the rest of our plan should involve not being noticed. Could you give us a timeline of when he would have the Mind Stone, versus not?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"He shouldn't have it when we arrive, and he'll be arrested shortly after that if all goes according to plan. However, we're going to be disrupting the plan, so there's a chance he might get it back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. :Then we will plan some contingencies for that. One of our people being mind-controlled could be very, very dangerous. Assuming we manage to disrupt things before he has the Stone, though, we should be able to neutralize him with Velgarth magic. And locate him even if he is shapeshifted: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That sounds good. Is there anything else you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do your people have technology-based armour, or shielding, or anything else that could supplement our magical protections?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Only what I'm wearing—oh, it's cloaked, I forgot." Thor looks like he's wearing normal Earth clothes, but as soon as he says that, it changes into his armor. He also appears to pull a huge battle-axe out of thin air; it seems to be the source of the strange mind that Nayoki saw earlier. "Unfortunately Asgard was recently destroyed, so we don't exactly have spares."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Fascinating. I may wish to study it later, but there is not time now. Nayoki?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:One moment: 

She turns back to Thor. Gestures at the enormous battle-axe. :What - is that? It has a mind-presence. One I can sense: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"This is Stormbreaker. You can sense it? I know it has some sort of intelligence, it can obey my thoughts"—it flies a foot out of his hand and then returns in a physically implausible manner—"but I don't have magic mind-reading powers so I wasn't aware it was visible to them. Want to try to talk to it? That would be...interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

:It would be! I will try:

Nayoki takes a step closer, and focuses all her Othersenses on the battle-axe. 

:Can you hear me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

ṵ̶͚̈͘ṉ̵̤̓w̸̨̅̍o̷͚̼͛r̶̡̔̕t̸͉͇̀͌ḫ̴̨̔y̶̠̞͛, it replies sulkily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. What. It's stupid for her feelings to be hurt but they are, in fact, slightly hurt. 

She's very curious what happens if other people try it, though. 

:Leareth? Vanyel? See what happens if you mindtouch the battleaxe. It shows up very faintly to Thoughtsensing but it - heard me: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is distracted thinking about contingency-plans in case Velgarth personnel get mind-controlled - Vanyel being controlled would be especially bad - but sure he can try that. Mental tap. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is a bizarre request, but Vanyel diffidently reaches out. :Hello?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

ṵ̶͚̈͘ṉ̵̤̓w̸̨̅̍o̷͚̼͛r̶̡̔̕t̸͉͇̀͌ḫ̴̨̔y̶̠̞͛, it says to Leareth.

Ŵ̴̢ḣ̷̲̈a̴̱̺͘t̵͖̺̐ ̴̯̣͐d̸̳̳̽ő̶̭̦ ̵̲̾y̸̗̖̑ỏ̷͍̍ú̶ͅ ̶̮͋̉c̸̻̹̕o̷̪͋́ḿ̴̜̏m̸͎̬̏͆a̸̜͂̃ͅn̶̘̈́d̶̢̰̔̏,̸͓͑͝ ̵̤̺̌̆m̷̳̦̂͠ẏ̶̪ ̷̝͈̀l̶͍̈́ò̵̼̭r̶̭̥͗d̷͙̕? it asks Vanyel, very nicely.

Permalink Mark Unread

This response is unsurprising and not that interesting, it's not his battle-axe. Leareth doesn't pay it much attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

What. 

 

 

Oh gods is he supposed to answer it. Aaaaaaaaah this is so awkward.

:I'm, uh, sorry to bother you - I don't need anything...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Stormbreaker doesn't respond, but Thor notices Vanyel's reaction, and starts to put two and two together.

"What did it say to you?" he asks.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It called me 'lord' and asked what I commanded! Why did it do that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What."

No one else is supposed to be worthy, only he's worthy—

Permalink Mark Unread

"I could lift Mjölnir too. When you were challenging everyone to lift it, at that party years ago, right before Ultron attacked, I got it to budge. I pretended I couldn't 'cause I didn't want to hurt your feelings, but you're not the only one who's 'worthy', you know."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor looks puzzled for half a second, then—

"Alright, fair enough. You'd better not steal it, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not going to steal it! What am I supposed to do with a giant axe, I'm a mage, and, well, just -: 

Vanyel makes a vague gesture at his short stature and slight build. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:To be fair, he is stronger than he looks. But very big fireballs are more his style: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel makes a face. He's not a fan of the fireballs part either. Being good at it isn't the same thing as liking it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I was talking to Cap."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, I don't plan to steal anything. But pick up the little one for me when you go to Asgard, will you?"

He turns to Leareth. "Anyway, you'll want to talk to the rest of your team, I assume? We'll be heading out first thing tomorrow morning."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods and heads out, gesturing for the others to follow him. They've got a lot of work to do. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo, who's been half-interestedly watching the meeting from afar for a while now, catches Leareth on his way.

Leareth. A moment?

Permalink Mark Unread

:- What? Yes, of course: 

He Mindspeaks Nayoki privately, letting her know to go on without him and start briefing the group on his standard contingency plans, since three of five aren't with his organization, and then he follows Maitimo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, there's no need to follow me, we can probably have this conversation across the building, I just didn't want to startle you by initiating it from there.

Anyway, my father has—plans, for the Infinity Stones. Secret plans that I'm not supposed to be telling you, but we are significantly disadvantaged by our inability to time travel, and of all the people here you seem most likely to agree with my family's thought processes.

The thought is—there are certain beings that we perhaps ought not to bring back from the Snap. Not Elves or Men, that's not ours to judge, but—the sort of beings for whom the Infinity Stones is the first real recourse against their whims that we've had, ever.

The gods, that is. My father means not to resurrect the gods. In fact he means to destroy those that remain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth freezes, momentarily lost for words and mostly not even having coherent thoughts. This is a very uncommon experience, for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Thank you for telling me: he manages, after a few seconds. :I - need a moment to think: 

 

 

 

He is still having trouble generating actual thoughts about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Focus. 

It's– well, regardless of whether it's a good idea or a terrible idea or one where they don't even have enough information to judge one way or another, it's certainly a BIG idea. It...gives him more respect for Fëanor, that he has the mental flexibility to come up with it. 

Leareth, personally, feels like he's missing nearly all the information that he would need to judge whether this would break anything, and if so, how badly. 

 

 

:...I would like to discuss it further with both of you, then: he manages, eventually. :Later, once the missions are done. It - seems potentially very worthwhile. Also, it could have very disruptive side effects. I would want to know that you had reason to think you understood what those would be, and also a plan to handle any resulting disruption. I...probably have many further thoughts but I am somewhat busy right now and would prefer to reason through this in depth at a less busy time: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I certainly have my own reservations about it—my father is very strong-willed and does not always think things through, but I certainly don't intend to carry this plan out without significantly more discussion. Involving everyone who could contribute, I think, though obviously you should not tell them yet.

I had meant to ask you more about your original goals, on your home-world, but that can wait as well.

The essential thing, here, is that—during the mission, try to keep too many of the Infinity Stones from falling into the hands of those who would disagree strongly with this idea, so that the decision is ours, when it's time to make it.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Is it in fact going to matter who physically takes possession during the mission? I was assuming they would all need to be given to - whoever will be wielding them to resurrect the dead. ...In any case, for the Velgarth leg that just means Brightstar and Featherfire. Do you have a better sense of which Avengers would be opposed?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't really spoken to them. I think that this world is a place where many people are not accustomed to believing in gods at all, and might have mixed feelings about learning that they exist. Nonetheless, a plan to kill them is—not the sort of thing that I expect to inspire trust.

All the stones will have to be wielded by the same person, yes, but if we insist too loudly that it be one of us—and none of us are really best suited for it; it would probably be fatal to you—this will draw enough suspicion that I doubt we could continue to conceal our goals completely. All the cards are going to be on the table before the Stones are used, and I just want us to be holding as many as possible when that happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Noted: 

Personally Leareth feels that, if it's in fact a good idea to kill some more gods, he should be able to explain his reasons for thinking that to smart, reasonable people, and convince them. ...All right, maybe not Captain America, who more than any of the others gives off the impression of someone who might be some-flavour-of-religious. Tony, he could probably convince. At least for Velgarth. Tony is in favour of technological advancement. Strange, he isn't sure one way or another, he still doesn't feel like he has a great read on the man... 

Either way, he has three options here – himself, Nayoki, Vanyel – and all of them are powerful and useful in combat. He's not inclined to make any compromises on the mission's success or risk levels for this, but if it's the same one way or another, he might as well take this into account... 

:Is there anything else?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not at the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next morning, everyone who's going to New York drives down to the city. For the Avengers this is a very mundane thing. For the Velgarthians, it's the largest city they've ever seen, by a factor of somewhere between ten and a hundred, and their first exposure to most of the infrastructure needed to have that many people in one place. Leareth would probably have a lot of thoughts about it, if there weren't far bigger things on his mind.

Yet, even to those who have never seen a city bigger than Haven, it feels far, far emptier than it should be.

Then they put on their time-travel suits, and set their coordinates, and they're in the same spot, six years previously.

The city is in chaos, swarmed by hideous alien creatures destroying nearly everything in their path. The sound of gunfire echoes in the distance, but the guns have nearly no effect on the huge, snakelike spaceships slithering through the air.

Far off, there's a roar, almost human—but no human could muster that kind of ferocious rage.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Velgarth group immediately spreads out, ducking behind the shelter of different buildings, getting their bearings. They can stay in touch easily via Mindspeech; all of them have it. 

:Vanyel, get us Farsight. Nayoki, Thoughtsensing. Brighstar, mage-sight?: 

Leareth extends his own mage-sight as well, of course, but Brightstar is a Healing-Adept; he has Earthsense, and much better range, and he's trained in reading the faint residues of earlier magically-detectable attacks, as well as ongoing ones. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, crouched in the lobby of a bank behind an ATM machine with an extra shield held over himself, plops a Farsight-point five hundred feet above his head, and 'looks' around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar extends his Othersenses as well. He can 'read' the surroundings for almost a mile in all directions. What's showing up as magical? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Near the top of a tall building about three-quarters of a mile north of where they are, there are two blindingly bright sources of magic, like the power of a thousand gods compressed into a point. One of those is probably what's responsible for the very-visible-to-natural-sight beam of blue energy that's shooting from the top of said building and creating a portal in the sky that the aliens are coming through.

About the same distance away, in the opposite direction, there are some more human-scale combat spells happening. However, one of the mages is carrying, but for some reason not using, a similar white-hot singularity of magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony swaps his time-travel suit for his combat one and follows Leareth.

"Alright. Space and Mind Stones are in that building"—he points out Stark Tower with the beam of blue energy coming from it. "As of right now, the government has decided to destroy this entire city in an attempt to contain the invasion. Past me decided hey, why don't we nuke the aliens instead, and is about to redirect the weapon through the portal. The battle ends very quickly once that happens. We need to be at Stark Tower when it does. We have about five minutes, which—I hope you have some method of transport faster than walking."

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange Mindspeaks the group.

:Alright, I'm headed down to the Sanctum to talk the Ancient One into letting us borrow the Time Stone. I shouldn't need backup, but it won't hurt.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth glances at Nayoki. :You can do the Gate?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Of course: 

She reaches out to slip into mind-rapport with Vanyel, sharing his Farsight. :We want that building: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Er, right: 

Vanyel's mage-gift is still in the re-training process after the incident at Urtho's Tower, by now he's basically fine with the 'giant fireballs' mode of mage-work, and they sorted out his allergy to Gates a while ago.

Which doesn't mean he likes them. He can handle it, though. He focuses his Farsight on a convenient point just outside Stark Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth turns back to Strange. 

:I can accompany you, if you wish. If the group at Stark Tower does need my help, I could be there in seconds, and - I confess that I am curious about the Ancient One. ...If you have a visual memory of the Sanctum or immediately outside, and do not mind sharing it with me, I can Gate us directly there: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, we actually want to be near the top of the building, if you're making a portal," says Tony. "See the flat part that sticks out there? Also, it would be helpful if you could, like, make us invisible. Or at least make me not look like me, people will notice if there's two of me flying around.

"Also, if travel's instant, let's not go before the big blue beam goes away."

Permalink Mark Unread

:You're welcome to come, but I'm perfectly capable of a portal by myself.: And he raises one, opening just outside the front door of the Sanctum.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki nods, wordlessly indicating for Vanyel to shift his viewpoint. 

:Illusions to make all of us truly invisible are difficult, but I can make us difficult to see, at least: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- I can do a backup illusion for just you: Brightstar tells Tony. :I can make you look like - my papa, I suppose: 

He knows Moondance's face very very well. Better than just about anyone else. Also he definitely has a lot of emotions about this, but they're...overall helpful emotions, for a mission where the entire purpose is revenge. 

Behind Nayoki's not-quite-invisibility blurring illusion, Tony now looks like Moondance. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki concentrates, and raises a Gate to the flat sticking-out part of Stark Tower. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Leareth follows Strange through his portal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They step through Nayoki's portal, and out, invisibly, onto the helipad of Stark Tower, near the source of the blue energy beam. There's a woman there, jabbing at it with some kind of spear, which—when looked at through Othersenses—obviously contains the other Infinity Stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. We got both in one place. Can you, like, open a portal right below them? Past Nat will be confused as hell, but we can explain later.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Directly under so that they fall through? Where do you want the other end?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Can you put the other end at the Avengers headquarters? The place where we were staying? At this point in time it was just an empty warehouse—I dunno if that messes up your portal magic—

Do it on my mark, as soon as she manages to stop the energy beam.

A few seconds later, 2012 Nat makes a final jab at the source of the beam, and it starts to power down.

Now.

Permalink Mark Unread

For most mages this would be a problem! 

They traveled overland to New York from the headquarters before going back in time, though, so Nayoki knows the approximate bearing and distance, and she can anchor the Gate on 'this place, but now, still an empty warehouse'. 

It takes the search-spell longer than usual to stabilize on its destination, but the actual distance in miles isn't that far, for her, Within ten seconds a circular glowing ring appears directly under Nat and the now-powered-down source of the energy beam; it's about six feet across, big enough that she'll definitely fall through. 

The other side appears, also parallel to the ground, but at just-below-normal-ceiling hide, somewhere in the middle of the warehouse that would later be converted into the Avengers' headquarters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel breathes out between his teeth, ordering his mind and body to stay relaxed, and keeps all of his Othersenses extended, watching for any hint of approaching threats. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Can you do another one, upright, destination about twenty feet from the first? Also, drop the invisibility—and whatever's making me look like a Targaryen—I think I'll want to be recognizable for this.

Permalink Mark Unread

:On it: 

Nayoki drops her half of the illusion with relief, it's very annoying to do complicated Gates at the same time, and snaps down the horizontal Gate before Nat can try to get back through - it'll be above her head, in the warehouse, but some people are stupidly good at jumping. 

She raises another Gate, still unscaffolded, but with the orientation and approximate shape of a normal door. Hopefully, 'there, but twenty feet north' isn't in the middle of a wall...

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww, his illusion didn't even get to do anything. Brightstar quickly dismantles it, and heads through Nayoki's Gate first, mage-sight and Thoughtsensing on full alert. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Natasha is very confused about why she just fell through a portal into a warehouse! She does have very well-trained combat reflexes, though, and she tucks and rolls out of the way of the falling machinery, then springs to her feet, gun in one hand and scepter in the other.

"What the fuck—Tony?!" she says when he comes through the second Gate.

Then she pauses a moment, reconsiders the situation.

"I don't know what tricks you're up to now, Loki, but it's over. You've lost."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony, just in case, closes his helmet over his face.

Guys, you're going to want some kind of physical shielding, just in case, he thinks at the mages. That thing in her hand can, ah, shoot metal projectiles very fast. Quite dangerous.

"I'm not Loki," he tells Nat. "We're from the future. 2018. Thanos—the guy who sent Loki—managed to get all six Stones. Wiped out half the universe. We need to borrow the Stones from this timeline to fight him and bring everybody back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nat laughs. "That's pretty clever. But no."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I'm really sorry about this, but I don't have time to stand around and talk about it—"

Guys, he says to the mages, now would be a great time for a little mind control.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I apologize for this: Nayoki says to the earlier-timeline Nat, and then hits Nat with a compulsion to FREEZE AND DO NOTHING; it takes her slightly longer, but it'll be faster to undo than a set-command, and she can't exactly leave Nat with Mindhealing on her, there's no one else who could undo it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Infinity Stone set into the scepter flares, and the compulsion unravels.

"Nice try. But you don't have your magic mind-control wand anymore. I do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright. Let's talk about this. You can hold onto the Stones for now, and I take you to the future and show you I'm not bullshitting you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I suppose I doubt you—er, Loki, if you're in fact not him—could fake an entire world."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, give me a second."

I need to borrow a time-travel suit to take Nat to the future and show her I'm not lying, he tells the mages. I'll bring it back to this point; I won't be gone for more than a second, from your perspective.

Permalink Mark Unread

This exact scenario wasn't, exactly, one that they planned for, but 'damage to one of the time travel suits' was, and they've discussed who would be the best option to leave behind. Or, in this case, hopefully not leave behind but with some risk. 

:Noted: Nayoki says, and glances over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire starts stripping out of her suit. She isn't that bothered, really, by being the most expendable person here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Vanyel, can you loop in Leareth about this?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is still comfortably within Vanyel's Mindspeech range, even without Yfandes there to help him out; he can reach that distance without having to boost with mage-gift. 

:Update. Have both our stones. Also have Natasha from the past. She thinks Tony is Loki. He's borrowing Featherfire's suit to take Natasha to our time and convince her we're telling the truth: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Acknowledged: Leareth's Mindspeech is terse and tightly shielded. He's distracted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire offers her suit to Nat. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Natasha puts it on and grabs the Tesseract. She and Tony both vanish.

They reappear in the same spot, six years later—now renovated and painted very white.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nat gets the alarm that they've returned, and comes running.

"What."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"She thought I was Loki in disguise," Tony tells 2018 Nat. "Wouldn't give up the Stones without a fight. I figured this was the least messy way to persuade her."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am convinced that you are probably not Loki! Maybe less convinced that you're actually Tony Stark, and, uh, me. Uh, where the hell are we?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"New Avengers facility. I converted an old Stark warehouse upstate—that's where we were holding you back in 2012. We're in the same place, just different time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh-huh. And the magic portals—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Long story. We met some people from a different planet—multiple different planets, actually—after Thanos did his thing. On one of them some people have magic powers. There's actually wizards from Earth, too, that I don't think you've met."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright. Can I see some proof that this 'Thanos' actually, you know, exists?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They take her to the conference room and show her news reports about the Snap.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not totally convinced that this isn't some kind of trick, but the costs of continuing skepticism now outweigh the risks of being fooled.

"Wow. I should be here helping you guys—we all should—New York is nothing compared to this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, if you want to prevent it in your own timeline, I suggest destroying the Infinity Stones as quickly as possible. They do way more harm than good, as far as I'm concerned.

"If you want to stay, I'm not stopping you. But I need that suit back."

Permalink Mark Unread

Past Nat takes off the suit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony takes it, walks back to the spot where he landed, and time-travels back to five seconds after he left.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meanwhile, Strange and Leareth step through the portal and emerge outside 177A Bleecker Street.

Strange seeks out his old mentor and mentally taps her.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Stephen. I wasn't expecting you for another five years.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm from the future. After you, ah, die. Thanos murdered half the universe and we're trying to fix it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:That does sound like something that ought to be fixed! I'm on the roof. Come up and we'll talk about it.:

She modifies the Sanctum's shields to let him in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange opens a portal to the roof and he and Leareth step through it.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are several—mages?—on the roof, most of them flinging combat spells at the invading aliens. Among them, seemingly unperturbed by the chaos, is a bald woman in yellow robes. She has an Infinity Stone inside the disk-shaped artifact that she's wearing on a chain around her neck.

She looks curiously at Leareth. :Oh, you didn't tell me you were bringing company,: she tells Strange.

Then, to Leareth directly—:You are a magic-user, but not one I know. Where did you study the Mystic Arts?:

Permalink Mark Unread

In Urtho's Tower, Leareth thinks. A long, long time ago. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Saying that won't be at all informative for this mage from another world, of course. 

:I come from a different planet. A world we call Velgarth. We have our own schools of mage-training. ...I am very curious about your world's use of magic, you do not seem to have Gifts in the way we understand them: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I am curious as well, as to what you mean by 'Gifts'—my magic is something that, in theory, anyone can learn, although in practice few possess the mental talents to harness it effectively. And, if the connotations I'm getting from you are right, our magic isn't innate as yours is—we only harness it, mostly via artifacts made long ago by others greater and wiser than we.

:But this is a long story, for another time, I think. I would like to hear about how half the universe was murdered, and what you plan to do about it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Thanos. You've heard of him, right? Thinks overpopulation is going to destroy the universe, so he decided to kill half of everything in it. Got all six Infinity Stones, did it with the snap of his fingers. I used that:—he gestures to the Eye of Agamotto around her neck—:to look into the future, try to find a timeline where we won. Turns out our only chance was letting him do it, then going back in time to borrow Stones from the past to try to fix it.: (He doesn't mention that they're not, in fact, on the one successful timeline that he saw.)

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'm not sure that's a good idea.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Why not?:

Permalink Mark Unread

:The Stones are—anchors of the universe. Removing one from a timeline, or having two copies of the same one, could have disastrous effects. If you try to fight Thanos with your copies, Stones against Stones, that will certainly be even worse. There's a possibility the universe would be destroyed. You almost certainly would be.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Have you got any better ideas?:

Permalink Mark Unread

Interrupted by a Mindtouch, Leareth lifts a hand. 

:Acknowledged: he tells Vanyel, curtly, and returns his attention to the conversation in front of him. :- Strange, message from Vanyel. They have both the other stones but are - handling a negotiation with past Natasha: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Got it.:

Permalink Mark Unread

:Unfortunately,: says the Ancient One, answering Strange's earlier question, :I'm not sure there is a better way. Opposing someone who has all six Infinity Stones is—:

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a burst of Infinity Stone magic from the top of Stark Tower, and Strange, Leareth, and the Ancient One all feel it. It's not the Stones that are supposed to be there—they felt those vanish a few minutes ago.

A purple giant wearing a golden gauntlet steps out of a cloud of black smoke streaked with blue and green lightning onto the helipad of Stark Tower.

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it's all the same to you, I'll have that—"

And he freezes, because what he sees beyond the Avengers is so much worse than anything they or SHIELD or Odin can possibly do to him.

He remembers the Chitauri's words. He will make you long for something as sweet as pain.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanos raises his hand. The Mind Stone flares, and all the Avengers fall unconscious. He goes straight for Loki. Picks him up by the throat with his gauntleted hand.

"In the future I kill you for your treachery. Don't make me do it again."

Permalink Mark Unread

Loki's voice is small and high-pitched.

"You—you won't need to, my lord," he manages to get out.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good. You're going to help me kill the Avengers. Not these ones" —he gestures to the unconscious forms around them—"the ones who are here from the future, trying to undo my work."

He drops Loki without waiting for a response, and the god of mischief falls unceremoniously to the ground.

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing Leareth can actually sense, from here, is BLINDING MAGIC - no focus - it's six different sources of BLINDING MAGIC in slightly different flavours...

There is only one person who's known to have had all six stones at any point, and who has any reason at all to be here. 

 

 

 

Vanyel is the strongest Mindspeaker, and Leareth has enough rapport to find him in less than half a second; he includes Strange and the Ancient One in his rapid burst of Mindspeech, though he otherwise keeps it very carefully directionally shielded. 

:Thanos probably here from future - all six stones - you should LEAVE NOW -: 

Their party doesn't currently have all the Stones, and Leareth suspects they can't find Thanos head-to-head with the three they do have, and he doesn't know how Thanos followed them here or whether he can keep following them through time but there isn't going to be a lot of time - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel is pretty sure Leareth and Nayoki discussed some kind of contingency for this but his mind is blank with surprise and shock. 

He relays Leareth's warning to everyone else in the warehouse, for lack of other ideas. :Brightstar can you -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that he has reason to look, Brightstar can in fact detect the six point-sources of magic, fifty miles or so away, and sends wordless confirmation. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The contingency plan for if Thanos had time travel as well and could track them - or just made a correct inference about what they'd be doing and when they'd be visiting - was "get the hell out as fast as possible."

:Tony we're getting out: Nayoki barks to him, and reaches for the controls on her suit, to return to the Avengers' tower of the present day. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing happens. Thanos is blocking all time travel in or out within a hundred-mile radius of himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony throws the spare suit at Featherfire and taps frantically at the controls of his own suit.

"Fuck."

He tries a few more times, just to make sure.

"We should have thought of this—he has the Time Stone, of course he can block us from traveling—"

He radios Cap and Strange. "There's a situation. Thanos is here. Stopping us from leaving. Let's regroup at Cap's location—uh, wizards, you got that, right—?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Got it," says Strange via the radio, then Mindspeaks Leareth and the Ancient One. :We're regrouping at the spot where we came in,: he says, and opens the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth acknowledges this wordlessly and follows Strange.

It's less that he didn't think of this possibility, and more that it's not really clear what to do other than 'if you can't run, fight.' He went back and forth with Tony on the wisdom of a contingency plan that involved gathering all of them in one place versus dispersing; he's not entirely convinced the former is a good idea, but the latter isn't a great plan either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is starting to get a bit winded from all the Gates. :Brightstar, can you -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar needs doors to use as Gate-thresholds, he can't do them on thin air (and until recently didn't know anyone could do that). The warehouse has a door though, and so do lots of the buildings where they landed, and he can do that from memory. Though the first try doesn't work because apparently the door he's anchoring on got blown up or collapsed in the interim. 

Within eight seconds or so there's a Gate up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, as the most powerful and best at shielding himself, crosses first and scans the surroundings. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's nothing hostile nearby, except Thanos, who's still at Stark Tower.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We got Mind and Space to 2018. Then Thanos showed up—our Thanos, with all the Stones. He's blocking time travel out, somehow."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We have our own Time Stone. Maybe we can get out with that."

He gestures wordlessly to the Ancient One.

Permalink Mark Unread

She attempts to use her Time Stone to cancel the blocking effect in their immediate vicinity.

Green lightning arcs across the city from her Stone to the one in Thanos' gauntlet.

Permalink Mark Unread

A moment later, Thanos is there.

"You fools," he says. "Thinking you could undo my great work. I am inevitable."

The arc of green lightning continues and intensifies.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Ancient One is struggling.

:Help me,: she says to all the mages. :I can't channel enough power alone.:

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange takes her hand and helps her.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Vanyel?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:This place doesn't have nodes -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth makes an impatient mental gesture at the Time Stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

...That is not a node. If a node were a puddle after a rainstorm, that would be the ocean. 

 

 

 

It's probably not even the stupidest thing he's ever done. 

Vanyel reaches out to take Leareth's hand, both physically and mentally, slipping into rapport as Leareth joins with Strange. He reaches for the stone. 

- it hurts a LOT - 

He rides the wave. Stays in control, barely, and adds ten time the channeling-capacity of an ordinary Velgarth Adept to the mix. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth, for all his millennia of practice, isn't sure he would be able to do this at all, let alone with any level of safety, if Vanyel weren't there in mind-rapport with him. 

He adds his strength as well. 

Permalink Mark Unread

REVEEEEEEEEEEEEENGE!!!!!! 

Brightstar has neither the Gift strength nor the training that he would really need to do this, but he's more than angry enough to make up for it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Nayoki, on reflection, is going to stay out of this one. She has a suspicion that if this lasts more than ten seconds, very soon there are going to be three unconscious mages on the ground, and someone needs to be capable of dealing with whatever happens next. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And Featherfire, who isn't a mage and can't help with the energy-channelling at all, instead flings out her Animal Mindspeech Gift to its full range - are there any minds registering to her, are any of them big 

Permalink Mark Unread

There aren't any particularly big animal minds in range.

As the mages channel the Time Stone's power, a bubble of energy starts growing from the stone around the Ancient One's neck.

Permalink Mark Unread

When the bubble is big enough to encompass all the Avengers, Strange shouts mentally at the group.

:Go! Go! Go! I don't know how long we can hold him.:

Permalink Mark Unread

One by one the Avengers except Strange wink out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't hear Strange. There's no space in him for anything, anymore, except the blazing power of the stone. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Leareth gave her very firm orders, for a contingency like this one. 

Get Vanyel out first

Vanyel does not seem to be capable of listening to her right now, so Nayoki dives into his mind - normally she'd have no chance of getting through, but his native shields are wide open for the concert-meld, and the talisman he's wearing is Leareth's work, one that she's keyed to. 

She doesn't need him to be aware of what's happening, to seize control of his hand and toggle the controls on his suit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Brightstar! Get out–: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do not wait: Nayoki yells at Featherfire, with the power of her Mindhealing Gift behind it, and an instant later Featherfire winks out along with Vanyel. 

And she turns to Leareth -

Permalink Mark Unread

With Vanyel out of the meld, more of the strain is suddenly falling onto Leareth. Like a building dropped on his head. 

He collapses onto his knees, barely clinging to consciousness, but still holding the meld and channeling power. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Get. Out.: Strange says to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth hears him, this time, as though from a very very long way off. 

He isn't sure he can, he's mostly incapable of feeling his body at all, but he fumbles at the controls of the suit with nerveless hands. He practiced that part, a lot, he wanted it deep in muscle memory for exactly this sort of situation -

 

- he would check with Strange if the man has a plan to get the Time Stone - and himself - out in time, but there very clearly isn't time to even ask -

 

- he releases his link to the Time Stone, but clumsily, and manages to drop an incredible amount of energy kind of on top of himself, and as he vanishes from the New York of 2012, there's nothing but an instant of agony and then nothing at all. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:GO!: Nayoki screams at Brightstar, and mashes her own suit controls to follow Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar doesn't want to go.

Thanos isn't DEAD yet. 

He starts to reach for his suit panel anyway, but slowly, he's fighting the set-command -

Permalink Mark Unread

Moments after Leareth leaves the meld, the bubble collapses. The 2012 Time Stone explodes violently, instantly killing the three who remain. Even Thanos is badly injured, and portals to safety immediately.

Strange, Brightstar, and the Ancient One wake up in a featureless grey hall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Strange gets his bearings quickly.

"Alright, we're dead," he tells the others. "Luckily, I've been here before, and the god who rules this place is able and willing to send people back to help fight Thanos."

He starts walking towards what feels like the central anchor-point of the Halls, where he expects to find Mandos. The Ancient One follows him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar is unsurprised to be dead. He's not especially upset, either. 

He follows Strange. :Did we get Thanos too?: he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know. Probably not. He was farther away from the explosion, and he's a lot stronger than we are even without the Stones."

Permalink Mark Unread

They find Mandos fairly quickly.

WHO ARE YOU? he asks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I'm Dr. Stephen Strange. You probably don't know me yet, I died while time traveling, but future you sent me back once already so do you mind doing it again?"

Permalink Mark Unread

ONE OF MORTAL RACE HAS RETURNED TO LIFE BUT ONCE BEFORE, AND FOR A PURPOSE OF DOOM INTENDED BY THE ALLFATHER HIMSELF. WHO ARE YOU, THAT I SHOULD GRANT YOU THE FATE OF BEREN ERCHAMION, FOREFATHER OF THE KINGS OF MEN?

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar has no idea who Beren Erchamion is, or what's going on here in general, and he doesn't currently see why he should care. 

He takes a step forward. Glares at the strange figure of Death. 

:Where are my parents: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks closely at Brightstar.

VANYEL ASHKEVRON AND SNOWLIGHT K'TREVA ARE ALIVE. AS ARE—

He pauses. That can't be possible.

As are you.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I told you, we're from the future. Where a maniac has killed half of everyone, including you guys. We're trying to fix it, so would you please let us out of here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I DID NOT BELIEVE YOU AT FIRST, BUT NOW THAT I LOOK MORE CLOSELY I SEE IT. YOU DO NOT BELONG HERE. YOU VIOLATE THE HOLY DOOMS OF ERU ILLÚVATAR BY YOUR MERE PRESENCE IN THIS TIME. ALAS, I CANNOT RETURN YOU TO YOUR OWN, SO I WILL HAVE TO HOLD YOU HERE TO AWAIT THE JUDGEMENT OF MANWË, ERU'S VICEREGENT IN THIS WORLD.

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar is not really processing any of this. 

:Starwind and Moondance k'Treva. They died - Thanos killed them, I need - you must have them - you have to let me - please -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

THEY ARE NOT YOUR PARENTS, BUT THEY ARE ALSO ALIVE. THANOS HAS KILLED MANY, BUT NOT THEM. IF YOU ARE INDEED FROM THE FUTURE, WHATEVER YOU ARE THINKING OF MAY NOT HAVE HAPPENED YET, IN MY TIME.

Pause.

I HAVE TAKEN COUNSEL WITH MANWË, AND HE WILL PERMIT YOU TO BE REEMBODIED, AT LEAST TEMPORARILY, IN ORDER TO MAKE YOUR CASE BEFORE ALL THE GODS AT THE RING OF DOOM.

He skips the usual naked-in-Lórien thing, and puts them, with their usual clothes but without their time travel suits, in the middle of the Máhanaxar, then goes there himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Ancient One, who does belong in this timeline, is left behind. This wasn't the end she predicted—there is so much left to do—but it is, apparently, her end nonetheless.

She walks down to the misty sea that borders the Halls, and departs this world after four hundred years in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dr. Strange and Brightstar are in a grassy field, surrounded by gods seated on thrones. Ahead of them, at apparently the head of the ring, is one with white hair and blue eyes that burn with tightly controlled power. His voice is stern.

YOU STAND ACCUSED OF DISRUPTING THE FATE WHICH ERU, THE ALMIGHTY CREATOR OF THIS WORLD, HAD PLANNED FOR IT. WHAT HAVE YOU TO SAY FOR YOURSELF?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, if Eru is so almighty and doesn't want us disrupting his precious fate, he shouldn't have let us travel back in time in the first place. I know he stopped the elves from doing it, somehow."

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar is probably not paying very much attention to Manwë, because next to him is a goddess with stars in her eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

...That doesn't make sense? Right? 

Brightstar takes a step forward despite himself. Then another. 

:You - are you - why...: 

 

 

And suddenly he's too angry to form coherent words, too angry to focus on her star-filled eyes, he's almost too angry to form thoughts 

 

 

:Why. Why did you let them die. They were. Your. People. You - owed them - you owed us - better than, better than - that...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Varda is kind of confused by this random teenager who hates her for some reason.

I DON'T KNOW WHO YOU ARE, she says, AND I DON'T KNOW WHOM YOU MEAN BY 'MY PEOPLE', BUT MY MAIAR AND MY HANDMAIDENS ARE ALL DEFINITELY STILL ALIVE, AND YOU ARE DEFINITELY NOT ONE OF THEM.

I THINK YOU HAVE ME CONFUSED WITH—SOMEONE ELSE—? (But who, if there are still rogue Maiar around she wouldn't expect them to go for looking anything like her.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Manwë considers Strange's argument.

WHY DID YOU COME FROM ANOTHER STRAND OF TIME TO DISRUPT THE FATE OF OURS?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, Thanos. Big purple bastard, wants to prevent overpopulation by wiping out half the population of the universe. Has been making progress towards it the hard way, for a while, but six years from now he gets all the Infinity Stones and does it with the snap of his fingers. He includes you guys, by the way—including you specifically, I think—so you should probably be interested in helping us fix it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar mostly ignores Varda's words, but after a minute or so he's all out of rage and also energy. He sags to the ground, sobbing. 

It wasn't even enough. They probably didn't get Thanos. It was all for nothing. 

At least his sister got out alive. 

 

 

...All right, focus, he's - apparently not dead anymore? Though he's stranded in a different timeline and also, it looks like, not on Earth. 

Or on Velgarth, probably. None of this makes ANY SENSE. 

 

:...Are you not the Star-Eyed Goddess, whom the Tayledras serve in cleansing the lands?: he asks her, tiredly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I WOULD NOT BE SURPRISED IF I WAS CALLED THAT BY MEN SOMEWHERE, BUT I HAVE NEVER HEARD OF THE TAYLEDRAS. MY NAME IN THE TONGUE OF THEM THAT KNOW ME BEST IS VARDA ELENTÁRI.

She's been halfway listening to Strange's exchange with Manwë, and joins it now.

THAT WOULD INDEED BE CONCERNING. HOWEVER, IT SEEMS—ENTIRELY IMPOSSIBLE.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's not. It happened. Or, will happen, for you, I guess."

Permalink Mark Unread

WOULD YOU PERMIT US TO EXAMINE YOUR MEMORIES TO BE SURE OF YOUR HONESTY?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can't say I'm thrilled by the idea, but I'm sure you could probably do that anyway if you wanted, so—yeah, it it'll help us get out of here faster."

Permalink Mark Unread

Manwë looks at Strange's memories. The process is quite unobtrusive—Strange doesn't even notice.

IT APPEARS THAT YOU ARE TELLING THE TRUTH. HOW THIS COULD HAPPEN, WE DO NOT KNOW, BUT IT MUST BE PREVENTED FROM HAPPENING HERE.

Thanos—the 2012 version, without any Infinity Stones—appears in the center of the Máhanaxar, immobilized.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh? What—

"Who are you that dares to challenge me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I AM MANWË SÚLIMO, KING OF ARDA, VICEREGENT OF THE ALMIGHTY. YOU STAND ACCUSED OF INNUMERABLE COUNTS OF MURDER, AND OF CONSPIRACY TO COMMIT AN EVEN VASTER CRIME. HOW DO YOU PLEAD?

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar is, again, no longer processing any of the conversation. 

After ten seconds of standing frozen, he takes two steps forward, raises his hands, and attempts to blast Thanos with everything he has in his reserves shaped into a single bolt of lightning. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar are not going to prevent Brightstar from hurting Thanos. He's really strong, though, even without the Stones, and so while the blast definitely hurts him, it probably does worse to Brightstar.

Permalink Mark Unread

When Thanos recovers enough to speak, he looks up at Manwë.

"The universe must be balanced," he says, "whether anyone else has the strength to see it or not. Do what you will to me. I will not repent."

Permalink Mark Unread

VERY WELL. FOR YOUR CRIMES, I SENTENCE YOU TO DEATH.

Thanos turns to dust.

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar stays where he is, on hands and knees in front of the circle of gods-who-aren't-his-gods, looking at the dust that used to be Thanos. 

 

 

 

 

 

...He expected it to feel a lot better than this. He doesn't feel anything, really. The only thought he can muster is a vague 'what's next', but he can't manage to feel especially curious, even. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Manwë looks back at Strange and Brightstar.

YOU DO NOT BELONG IN THIS TIMELINE, BUT I HAVE NOT THE POWER TO SEND YOU BACK TO YOUR OWN. HOWEVER, I CANNOT ALLOW YOU TO REMAIN IN VALINOR EITHER. IT IS NOT A PLACE FOR MORTALS. WHERE WOULD YOU LIKE TO GO?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, the Sanctum Sanctorum. 177A Bleecker Street, New York City." If he can't go home, they'll need him there anyway, with the Ancient One gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Manwë looks at Brightstar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Brightstar shrugs, and pulls himself wearily to his feet. :I will go with him: 

It doesn't actually occur to him to check whether Strange is on board with this; he's a mage, people generally find mages useful. And he did notice an awful lot of damage to the city, from the alien battle. Very different from how the Cataclysm poisoned the land, but still, maybe, within his capabilities to fix. 

He can try to be useful. It's not like there's anything else left. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They are now at the Sanctum Sanctorum.

Permalink Mark Unread

In 2018 New York, the Avengers and mages return from their time travel mission.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel immediately flops on the ground, in the middle of the city sidewalk. He's probably been this tired before but he's not coming up with any specific examples. Also his head is killing him. 

- after five seconds it occurs to him that whatever just happened - it's still a blur - he thinks Leareth hadn't yet gotten out, when he did. 

He struggles up on one elbow. "Leareth?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is sprawled in a heap. He's not moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is already crouched by his side, though. 

:He needs medical attention!: she tells anyone within twenty feet of her, which is hopefully mostly Avengers. :Now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's concerning but it seems like someone's handling it. 

Vanyel's thoughts aren't being very cooperative. His head feels kind of like someone just swished a bunch of lava around inside his skull. 

.....Brightstar? 

"Brightstar?" he tries to call out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire is looking around frantically as well. 

"Brightstar? Brightstar!" 

:Is he here? Did anyone see him?: she demands of the other Avengers. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony's Iron Man suit has a lot of emergency medical capabilities. He removes it and puts it on Leareth, and it manages to get his pulse and breathing stabilized.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think Brightstar made it. Or Strange. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire curls up and hugs her knees and puts her head down. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He needs to think but thinking is really hard with the godawful headache.

Also the fact that Brightstar is dead, but honestly Vanyel's emotions aren't really processing that yet. 

 

 

...The first thought Vanyel manages to squeeze out is that he should fix this bottleneck. 

:Does anyone -: owwwwwww Mindspeaking is terrible right now, :- have - painkillers...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki really wishes there were a Healer here who could tell what was going on, but at least it looks like Leareth isn't about to die of backlash shock on the spot, it can wait. 

:Are we safe here: she asks Tony and the other Avengers. :If Thanos found us there - he might guess we would come back here -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think he can track us—2012 New York was a really obvious place to get the Stones, and Thanos knows that, because he orchestrated it originally. But the Avengers Facility is also a really obvious place to be, so we need to get the Stones that we do have out of there. Off this planet, preferably. Is anyone remotely in shape to do a Gate back there?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can do it. I will be very tired afterward though. ...Can someone else carry Leareth, if we are all going and then departing from there?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel makes an effort to stand up, decides that this is not happening, and looks around hopefully for aid. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know if you'd call it 'carrying', but—"

His suit, which Leareth is now wearing, fires some small thrusters, and Leareth's unconscious form levitates beside them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor can carry Vanyel just fine. It's the least he could do, for someone that Stormbreaker apparently considers worthy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki raises a Gate back to the 2018 version of the Avengers' headquarters. 

:Featherfire: she prods. :Featherfire, we need to go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Featherfire drags herself to her feet, scrubs at tearstained cheeks, and follows them through the Gate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"FRIDAY," says Tony to no one in particular, the moment he's through the gate—most of the Facility is wired to pick up voice commands—"tell everyone there's an emergency meeting, at this spot, now. Also we have two wizards in need of medical attention and we need a wizard doctor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Emergency meeting in the main hangar immediately. A Velgarth Healer is also needed urgently. Everyone in the complex can hear her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor and Maedhros are the first to reach them.

"What happened?" Fëanor asks.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanos showed up. Used the Time Stone to try to trap us there. We had to use the other Time Stone to make a space to get out. Ended up destroying it, probably. Strange and Brightstar didn't make it—we don't know if they're dead or just trapped there, but I'm not going to risk going back until we find out where Thanos went. We need to get the two stones that we do have somewhere he won't find them."

(He is not going to process any of this until the battle is over, and it isn't yet over.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor considers this a moment.

"We should go back to Valinor, I think," he says. "The defenses are obviously not strong enough to keep out Thanos with the Stones, but it has the advantage that I don't think Thanos knows it exists. We should also consider hiding the Stones in a different time, but we can consider that once we're in slightly less immediate danger."

Permalink Mark Unread

Several of Leareth's Healers arrive at a run and start checking the two injured mages over. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel's condition isn't too bad, actually. He has some nasty backlash, but nothing a day's rest won't fix, though it'll be a miserable day unless they can obtain him some Earth painkillers that are hopefully better than the Velgarth versions. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is mostly stabilized thanks to Tony's suit, but they'll be lucky if he even regains consciousness today. He doesn't have anywhere close to Vanyel's strength of Gift, and he stayed longer and took the brunt of all the extra power dropped on him when Vanyel left. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This didn't go as planned at ALL, but at least she only lost one of the Velgarth people. 

:All right: Nayoki says to Fëanor. :Are we all going there as well?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Savil. Someone needs to tell Savil: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki starts to reach out with Thoughtsensing but doesn't get far. Savil heard the announcement too and is on her way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The next people to arrive are Bruce and the two Natashas.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nat—uh, past Nat, God this is going to be confusing—what did you do with the scepter and the Tesseract?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I put them in the vault in the basement."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Good thinking, but we need to get them out of here. Thanos found us in 2012. I'm surprised he isn't here already."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably the safest thing to evacuate completely, Fëanor tells Nayoki. Thanos may still come here, and be quite angry when he doesn't find what he was looking for.

Uh, we're going to have more than will fit on the ship, if we do that—is there anyone who could raise a Gate to Valinor without killing themselves at this point? With the Space Stone we can definitely cover the power requirement, but—it's still about 25 light-years, I don't know how Gate difficulty scales with distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Natasha runs to get the Stones from the vault.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki doesn't know either! Leareth could almost certainly figure it out, but, well. 

:- I am not sure. We do have another dozen Adept mages who travelled with Leareth. It is not impossible they could figure it out, in concert, but - it would take lead time. Hours if we are lucky, days if not. ...We could also evacuate the others to somewhere else on Earth. If Thanos cannot track them and would only know to look here: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. The ship seats twelve. We could take the full time travel team, plus Maitimo and myself—actually, considering casualties, we could take Calanáro and Eleniel home as well. The rest could go somewhere else on Earth, and we could come back for them, or raise the Gate from the other end, if we need to get them out. We definitely need to get the Stones off-world; I'm sure Thanos can track those in space, if not in time, especially given only a single planet of search space.

He turns to Tony. Do you know a safe place we can put the others?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, let's see...not Wakanda, that'll be the second place Thanos looks after here. Ask Cap or Nat, they were fugitives for a while—they had a disagreement with our government that technically hasn't ended—I'm sure they have some hideouts."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I know several places we can hide people."

Permalink Mark Unread

:If you can share a memory of it with one of the mages, they can do a Gate directly there - I think it should be untraceable to your world's technology. ...If we have time in Valinor for Leareth to recover, I think he could figure out Gating with the Space Stone: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil arrives at a jog, out of breath. 

"Vanyel!" She goes straight for her nephew, still in Thor's arms. "Van, ke'chara, are you all right?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I've...been worse." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil wraps her hand around Vanyel's, then turns to Nayoki. "What's the plan?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are going back to Valinor with the Stones - but only room for twelve -" 

She switches back to Mindspeech, addressing Fëanor and the others. :Is there space to bring Savil? I think she and Vanyel ought not be separated, right now: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, probably we don't need to bring everyone who went to New York for the second leg of the time-travel trip—" also, Savil will be part of the second leg, I believe we decided, he continues silently, directed at Nayoki, Van, and Savil.

"Anyone volunteer to stay behind?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't really do much in New York, I doubt I'll be much more useful elsewhere."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil nods to him. :Well. Good luck, then, everyone else: 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's no room for either of the Healers to go, under that plan. 

:Keep an eye on Leareth: one of them tells Nayoki, worriedly. :We'll go with the others: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Chosen?: A mindvoice reaches Vanyel. :Are you all right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her mindvoice hurts, but less than Mindspeaking anyone else would.

:I'm - alive. I'll manage. ...You have to stay behind. No room. M'sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I can handle you being in a different timeline, I can handle you being in another world. And I can't - Kellan and I can't come with you anyway, later. Don't worry about me, love. I'll see you on the other side: 

She sends wordless affection. Keeps pushing it across, for as long as they have. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil closes her eyes.

:Kellan. I'm sorry: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:Don't be. I love you. Always: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I suppose this is goodbye: She shakes her head. :I was never any good at those: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:It's all right: 

They've had sixty years together. It was enough. From the very beginning, no matter what happened, it would have been enough, and he's so proud of his Chosen, and - 

 

 

 

- and sometimes there aren't any other words, are there. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Nayoki isn't a Healer and she's really not sure how she's supposed to 'keep an eye' on Leareth, it's not like she knows what any of the indicators on Tony's suit mean either. 

:Fëanor? Is there any way we could make space for a Healer or two? I think Leareth will survive a short flight, but - he would recover faster, with a Healer, and we might have more casualties later on other legs of this mission...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Eleniel and Calanáro arrive a minute later.

"Are we going back to Valinor?" Elë asks Fëanor. "I'll need to get the baby first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are, but I think you two should stay here. There's limited space, and we need to bring some Healers—Leareth is pretty badly injured."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What happened?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanos showed up. They had to use the Time Stone to get out. We lost Strange, Brightstar, and the Stone itself, and the mages who did make it out aren't in good shape."

Permalink Mark Unread

Calo sighs. "Yeah, I suppose Healers are going to be more useful than us, at this point," he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have room for two Healers, Fëanor tells Nayoki. What we don't have is as much time as we've been spending here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Natasha from 2012 returns, carrying the scepter and the Tesseract, and hands one to Tony and the other to Cap.

"Good luck, guys."

Permalink Mark Unread

:To you as well. Coordinate with -: she thinks for a moment, :- Eldran, he is on site - the mages can Gate you out -: 

She takes a deep breath, and turns back to Fëanor. :We are ready to go: 

Permalink Mark Unread

They all board the ship and fly back to Fëanor's house in Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor addresses the group once they get inside.

"Alright, we need to get the Stones out of this time as well—Thanos won't know to look here by himself but he does have Sauron with him, and Sauron's main disadvantage is that he can't time travel. If you go back really far, Valinor's defenses will be stronger, maybe strong enough to significantly slow Thanos if he does find you, and I'll be alive and willing to help you. I'd suggest, like, Y.T. 1250—that's after this house was built but before most of the drama started, so you won't end up in the middle of an unrelated brewing war. About 1800 local years ago."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki looks over at Savil, then down at her feet. She's mostly feeling too out of her depth to have an opinion about that decision. 

:That seems sensible. ...Is the plan that we take Leareth and Vanyel back to that time as well, or just the Stones? I suppose we want Leareth where the Space Stone is, so that once he is awake he can research how to use it for a Gate...?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:If I'm going back in time now, then someone's got to show me how to use this suit thing:

Savil has inherited Scott Lang's suit, which she's currently just carrying over her arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, Leareth and Vanyel should go, you'll want to collect all the stones to that point and then return to the present once you have all of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony shows Savil how to put on the suit.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I need to do Leareth's suit controls for him - Tony, show me how to get at it through your armour thing? And someone needs to go ahead to catch him: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Healers exchange suits from the Avengers who aren't coming back in time, and get instructions relayed from Savil. 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can manage - Thor, you can put me down if you want: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil gives Vanyel a narrow-eyed look. :Ke'chara, are you sure? No offence, but you look like hell: 

Permalink Mark Unread

He rolls his eyes. :Why do you always have to rub it in like that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth moans and shivers when Nayoki touches him, but doesn't wake up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"The suit should be able to hook into the time-travel hardware. I can control it remotely so it's linked to mine; if you'd rather control it yourself I can take the armor off him, but it's serving some medical functions at the moment."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You should take this," says Fëanor, and offers Thor a Silmaril. "Past me will recognize it as his own work, though I won't have made them yet. It might help dispel any skepticism about being from the future. Also, you should probably go outside the house before traveling, so you don't scare us quite so much."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor puts Vanyel down gently and takes the Silmaril.

Permalink Mark Unread

They all go outside, Vanyel leaning on Thor's shoulder, and travel back 18,000 years, as they would be counted on Earth.

The first thing anyone notices is that it's very bright. Everything looks about the same, except for the light—it's coming from somewhere on the western horizon, bright gold with a faint tinge of silver. If anyone's eyes are strong enough to look directly at the light source, they'll see that it's two huge trees, planted on a high hill to the west. (Those who have been to Valinor before can faintly remember seeing huge trees—but very dead and not glowing—in approximately the same spot.) They are also blindingly bright to Othersenses—not as bright as Infinity Stones, but physically larger, so that they might actually be more overwhelming to look at.

They walk back to the house and knock on the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

The door is answered by a young, red-haired elf woman, carrying a dark-haired baby.

She says something in a language none of them understand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel would like there to be LESS light he has a HEADACHE. He walks leaning on Thor, eyes squeezed shut, with Savil holding his other hand. He's definitely not looking at the Trees with mage-sight. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil is and it's incredibly beautiful. Overwhelming, sure, but that doesn't make her want to look away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, right, language barrier, obviously. 

:Can you understand me?: Nayoki tries, in Mindspeech. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Who are you? Not elves, and I don't think you're Maiar.

Permalink Mark Unread

:It is a long story. We are humans - your world has humans in the distant future, but actually I, and these others -: gesture at Vanyel and Leareth and Savil and the Healers, :all come from a different world. - Also from about 1800 local years in your future. In that future, there is a war, with a very powerful enemy, who... Who kills half of the people in the universe. It is a very big universe. Anyway, we are trying to fix that and we were working with your...husband?: is 'husband' right, she is suddenly drawing a blank on how Elf relationships work and it seems like she never thought to ask, :- with Fëanor. In the future. He gave us a magical artifact he made, to show his past self. Thor?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor shows Nerdanel the Silmaril.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Half the people in the universe died" is probably not good information to drop on Nerdanel, who has never known literally a single other person who's died, for whom death itself is a distant legend, a thing that used to happen to them in the bad old days before she was born and is now easily fixable—especially alongside the existence of "other worlds"—what does that even mean?—and another species, though she had, at least, heard Men mentioned as something that would exist eventually. Nonetheless, she is married to Fëanor, and is not entirely unused to the unexpected. This is just—well, scale up her usual tolerance, she supposes.

That does sound very bad! she says. And yes, Fëanáro is my husband, he's away in the city giving lectures on the new writing system he invented, but I'm sure he'll want to hear about this—that does look like something he might make, she adds, looking at the Silmaril.

She osanwës Fëanor a brief wordless summary of what's going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

A hundred miles away, in Tirion, Fëanor stops abruptly in the middle of explaining the newly-invented tengwar to a packed lecture hall.

What?! he replies. Hold on, I'll be there right away.

He hastily apologizes to his audience and runs off stage, out of the university, back to the palace stables, grabs the first horse he sees, and is off at a gallop towards his country house.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's on his way, Nerdanel tells Nayoki. It'll be a while—the Palace horses are fast, but it's a hundred miles away—he's actually got this design for a faster mode of transport, but most people think it's too ugly to build, and it's not like we're in a hurry anyway—well, usually—

She notices Leareth and Vanyel and is suddenly very concerned. Are those two—okay—here, come inside—

Permalink Mark Unread

:- No, not really. There was a fight - it went badly, they were hurt, we can explain once Fëanor is here. Vanyel just needs somewhere to lie down comfortably, I think, Leareth is...worse off–: 

She stops in the middle of trying to think how to ask about medical technology or magic. :...I can get Fëanor here immediately. If he can Mindspeak you a mental image of where he is, I can make a Gate there, a sort of portal -: 

She's done so many goddamned Gates today - unscaffolded awful ones, too - and after this one she might not be able to walk, but it seems important. And they're safe here, hopefully, and Savil can't do this for her but should be able to handle any other needs for mage-work that come up. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil helps Vanyel follow Nerdanel inside. Leareth is still being hover-floated around in Tony's suit, so he'll need to handle that part. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony walks inside and has Leareth follow him, trying not to stare at the elf-woman, who looks really familiar. It would probably be rude to say anything, though—maybe to the one from his own time, the wife of the Fëanor he knows better, but she's currently dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony's mind-shield went down when Strange died, so Nerdanel can sort of pick up on his thoughts, though she's not trying to. She smiles amusedly to herself. It almost makes her trust Tony more, though of course that's completely irrational—and he does look a bit like Fëanor himself, though for some reason he has hair growing out of his face

These people have some kind of magic, she tells Fëanor. Let me share your eyes, and they can—somehow—get you here faster, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor stops, pulls off the road, and gets off his horse. Nerdanel doesn't really need to ask to share his eyes—the marriage bond makes it very difficult to keep private thoughts from each other even if they wanted to—but he pushes the mental image in her direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nerdanel passes it on to Nayoki.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grits her teeth, winces at the power-drain, and ends up sort of sitting on the floor just inside Fëanor's house. But the Gate goes up, one end of it on the doorway, the other end door-sized and shaped and built on thin air a yard in front of younger-Fëanor's face. 

:Tell him to hurry, please: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor steps through and looks in amazement at all the unfamiliar people in his house.

Hey, he says, mostly to Nerdanel but broadcasting so that everyone can hear him. What's going on—half the people in the universe—other worlds—are you Secondborn? I didn't think you existed yet. The last question is, of course, directed at the humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is busy taking down her Gate, and also clearly exhausted, and Vanyel is sort of hanging onto the wall in an attempt to stay on his feet. Savil answers. 

:We don't, yet, not in your time. We're from the future. Eighteen hundred of your local years in the future. We met future you, there - where did that Silmaril get to, he gave us a magic artifact to show you -: 

Permalink Mark Unread

From the future—the possibility of time travel disproves everything the Valar have been telling them about fate and other such nonsense and he's so excited—but, first, these people clearly have some kind of emergency going on, one that he had, apparently, found important enough to get involved in.

He sees the Silmaril in Thor's hand almost immediately, of course, and takes it from him. This is my work, he says. I am sure of that, though the thought of its making had not yet entered my mind. What is it—did I manage to capture Treelight—?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that's approximately the explanation he—uh, you—gave us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor actually looks dismayed for a moment. Then the situation here must have become bad enough that I decided we had to leave, he says. I've considered it, a few times, but it's never seemed quite worthwhile. But that's the only reason I'd put this kind of effort into portable Treelights.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't actually know what happens. There's a book about it, in the future, but most people think it's just a story, and I haven't read it. Right now, however, we have bigger problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. The death of half the universe. How, exactly, was this accomplished, and by whom? Melkor?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's called Thanos. I'm not even going to bother explaining why he did it—it's really stupid—but he used these. He shows Fëanor the Tesseract. Inside this is something called an Infinity Stone—this has another one, he adds, showing the scepter. There are six in total; if you get all six, you're basically omnipotent. Thanos has all six. We figured out time travel and are trying to collect our own set of six by borrowing them from various points in the past, but he managed to follow us to the place we got these two. So we're hiding in a place and time that he probably doesn't know exists.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's sensible. It's very safe here. I'm not, myself, sure that's entirely a virtue, but if you're fighting someone with the power to destroy half the universe it probably is.

He turns to Savil. How did she do that—the doorway opening in mid-air a hundred miles away—the Valar can do things like that, I think, but they're usually more subtle about it and they're also, you know, gods—

Permalink Mark Unread

:Er, she's a mage, so are we: Gesture at herself and Vanyel and Leareth. :In the world we come from, humans are sometimes born with the innate potential for Gifts. Mage-gift is the most flexible, it lets you manipulate energy, and do a very wide range of things with it if you have the training. There are other Gifts too - I'm using Mindspeech right now to talk to you: 

Permalink Mark Unread

All sentient beings can do this, he says, confused. Oromë teaches his people to speak to animals, too, though it takes years of practice to make any sense of what they're saying. Are—most people limited to spoken words alone, in your world? That's fascinating.

We can manipulate energy with our minds too, but the world is made of things much, much smaller than we are, so it's incredibly complicated to do anything useful—only the gods can hold that much in their minds at once. I want to invent a technique to bind it into an artifact, so it can be programmed once and used again and again, but I have so much else to do first—when I was a child we didn't even have metalworking. Nerdanel's father invented it, with copper, and then copper alloyed with tin, and then Aulë was impressed and showed us how to smelt iron.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wait, how long ago was this exactly?

Permalink Mark Unread

Iron was—fifty years ago? It was just after I started working for him—I left to start my apprenticeship very early, I don't get along with my stepmother. I'm 81 now.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has no idea what ages mean for elves, but—

"He didn't tell us he was sending us back to fifty years out of the fucking Bronze Age," he says to himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor is now very distracted by the floating Iron Man suit. He touches one of the thruster jets curiously and immediately leaps backwards with a yelp.

What is this? he asks, nursing his burnt finger but mostly unfazed. You're—heating air so that it expands and using the—the kick-back effect to lift him? We know about those physical effects, but you must have some kind of mathematical formalism to invent things that use them so precisely—I've been trying to invent one but I had to fix our writing system first—most mathematicians communicate excusively by abstract osanwë and that's really hard for an adult to learn, so if you aren't chosen for the guild at age twelve—which I wasn't—

Permalink Mark Unread

Nerdanel smiles apologetically at Savil and Tony.

Why don't we find better accommodations for your injured? she asks Savil.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Yes, let's. Nayoki's not hurt but she's going to want a quiet place to rest, she did a lot of magic: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nerdanel goes to put Macalaurë in his crib, then locates beds for Vanyel, Leareth, and Nayoki.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that Leareth is relatively stable and no longer requires the suit to levitate, Tony takes it off him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanor continues to interrogate Tony about physics and engineering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor rescues Tony with an interruption.

"So what's the plan here, are we waiting on the wizards to wake up?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait—how do you speak Quenya?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Translation magic. I'll explain it later."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We need to make a second pass at the Time Stone. Unfortunately I don't know anything about its history, except that the founder of Strange's order of wizards discovered it thousands of years ago—well, before our time—and it's been with them ever since. I want to get it from slightly before then, while it's unguarded. Problem is, we can't really look up history here, since I'm pretty sure none of it has happened yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you're saying we should go back to the future. Er, the present."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Actually—ask Fëanor if he knows an Agamotto. Maybe he was an elf, wouldn't surprise me."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor relays the question using Allspeak.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. Never heard of him. What does that name even mean—it's not Quenya—

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony has, of course, no idea.

They go back to 2018 and ask present-day Fëanor the same question.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nope, no idea. You could probably look him up, though—most of our libraries are digitally indexed, now—"

He goes to the computer terminal and performs a search.

"Agamotto," he reads. "Local name of the Blue Wizard Pallando, one of the five Istari sent to Middle-earth in the Third Age to aid in the war against Sauron. Known to have abandoned the war early and founded a cult of magic in the East. Fate unknown."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Wait—Strange's magic order was founded by Gandalf's cousin?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Apparently. How are things going in the Years of the Trees?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We met past you, he's very excited by our tech. Wizards are still unconscious or nearly so. We're kind of waiting for them to recover—we need one for this mission and another to get to work on long-distance portals."

They go back to the Years of the Trees and wait for a wizard to wake up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is going to be deeply unconscious for the next twelve hours, local time, and even when he does start to wake up he's not especially lucid. He keeps trying to ask the Healers something about shields. In Kaled'a'in. Which they don't speak. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel, however, gets a solid "night's" sleep - it seems like it never gets DARK here, it's terrible, but he can manage by burrowing under the covers of the bed they've offered him - and then he feels mostly fine.

He gets up, still squinting at the sheer amount of light, and starts wandering around looking for something to eat, somewhere to take a bath, and someone to talk to about the next steps of their mission, ideally in that order. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This is (a) Fëanor's house, in (b) a time without a clear day/night cycle, so regular mealtimes aren't really a thing. But he runs into Nerdanel, who can show him where the kitchen is and help him make some breakfast, and also osanwë-yell at her husband to start heating some water because Vanyel wants to take a bath. In Tirion there's a central boiler system for the whole city, but this house only has cold-water plumbing—it would be wasteful to heat water continuously in this warm climate.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he's done with his bath, he can find Tony to explain the next steps.

"We've mostly figured out where we want to make a second pass at the time stone. There are going to be more wizards involved, and probably a language barrier that requires telepathy, so you'd be really helpful, if you're up to it."

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Oh, right. Of course I'm up for helping. If we don't expect a huge fight, I'm all right now - I guess I might not be at my best yet, if we do expect a huge fight: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not expecting a fight, barring Thanos somehow managing to find us, which I think is much less likely this time. You able to do portals, though? Those seem to be much more tiring for your people than they are for Strange, for some reason."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I think it's because he gets all his power through that magic artifact, the ring he has. For us, it either comes from our own bodies, or from nodes, if those are around - and even then we still have to channel it through ourselves, so even then it's some amount tiring. - Um, and I'm - not very good at Gates right now. I was...badly injured, in a magical accident, almost a year ago - I think being dead and coming back fixed all the physical damage but I'm a bit...off-balance. If I could have a day - and an energy source - to just practice a lot, I'd be more confident about it: 

He frowns for a moment. :...I think the Silmaril might work. As an energy source, I mean: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mostly the problem is that Thor and I can both fly and you'll need to move equally quickly. I can let you borrow a spare one of my suits, though, or you can practice for a while with the Silmaril. Or both. We have as long as we need."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gating is a kind of awkward way to keep up with people flying! I can only do it to places I've been before - Nayoki seems to be able to do it from someone else's Farsight, and even if there's not a door to use, but I'd need to practice a LOT to get that down. Which I guess means she might be a better bet for this mission, even though she's not as powerful and doesn't have all the Gifts I do?: 

He turns, smiling a little. :Though if you have a spare suit, I can't say I'd mind learning to fly. Sounds a lot more fun than Gates: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"On second thought, you're right about Gates being awkward. I have plenty of spare suits—we'll have to stop by the Avengers Facility to get one, but we're going to Earth anyway. Get your time-travel suit on and we'll go."

Permalink Mark Unread

:I'll be right there!: 

Vanyel is suited up and ready within five minutes, looking actually pretty cheerful about the new plan. He gets to learn to FLY. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They pop back to 2018 Valinor, then Thor Bifrösts them back to the Avengers Facility. It's now deserted; everyone has Gated out to various secret locations. Tony gives Vanyel a spare suit—the one that Calanáro modified, actually; possibly whatever he did will provide some protection against magical attacks as well as mundane ones—and shows him how to use the controls. They're incredibly intuitive—there's a powerful AI animating the suit, so it can almost anticipate Vanyel's movements.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is incredibly cool! 

Vanyel is actually smiling as he familiarizes himself with moving in the suit. It's nearly the first time since he died that he's smiled. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Once Vanyel gets the hang of it, they fly halfway around the world to Kamar-Taj, original Sanctum of the Masters of the Mystic Arts. They land in a discreet spot nearby and travel back to the year 3000 of the Third Age. This is kind of a guess on Tony's part—hopefully they won't land in the middle of anything too unpleasant.

The Sanctum was there even then, albeit smaller, and plainly more primitive in its construction. They walk toward the main building.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're greeted by an old man in blue robes with the familiar Eye of Agamotto around his neck.

"Who goes there?" he asks. Everyone hears their own language. "Are you friend or foe?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We are friends. Do you have translation magic? It seems to be interacting strangely with my own."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I speak all tongues. The Valar gave me that power, perhaps my one useful blessing on this thankless quest."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Are you Agamotto?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Some call me that. But Pallando I was, in my youth in the West, which I have forgotten. The Valar sent us here to fight Sauron—after taking away all our powers! I didn't even want to come, Alatar dragged me with him, Mandos alone knows why. I did the sensible thing and got as far away from the whole mess as I could. I'm teaching what magic I can to those in need."

He turns to Vanyel. "You have great potential, I can see it in you. I would be honored to accept you at my school for the Mystic Arts."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has no idea how to respond to that. 

"I, er, thank you? That's very kind of you to offer. I've had a lot of years of training already, though, um, and we're on a mission here, I can't stay."

He glances hopefully at Thor and Tony; he really, really doesn't feel like recounting what Thanos did, right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, yeah, that's not why we're here. We're from the future. Someone—not Sauron, though Sauron's working with him—killed half of everyone in the universe with that and its five counterparts." He points to the Time Stone. "We need to borrow it to fix the problem."

Permalink Mark Unread

Pallando laughs. "Or perhaps you are imposters of the Enemy sent to take it from me! Though at least I would expect him to come up with a cleverer story. Perhaps that's why he came up with such a ridiculous one."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're not making it up. We need the Stone. We'll bring it back in what you'll experience as no time at all."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Look, we can demonstrate the time travel if you want." He travels forward five seconds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pallando only laughs again. "Do you know what this is?" he asks. "I excavated the ruins of Almaren itself to find it, the dwelling of the Valar on Earth destroyed two hundred million years ere the first flowering of the Trees. It is a weapon of the First War, the war that built the Earth, and it can destroy it as well. I want no part in this war, but I am no traitor. I will not give it to you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Look. We're not working for Sauron. I don't know how to prove it, but if you can think of something that would convince you, I'd be happy to do it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will not lend it to you while this war rages, however great your need."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, actually, I think we can end this war pretty quickly. I've seen this movie. Sauron's big and scary and all, but I don't think he's much against some good old uranium-235."

He winks back to 2018 Nepal, flies to the nearest Chinese missile silo—woefully under-guarded in the aftermath of the Snap, especially against him—grabs the biggest nuclear warhead he can carry, winks back to the Third Age, flies to Mordor, and drops it directly over Barad-dûr.

"Open a portal about a hundred miles from Sauron's big tower," he tells Pallando, when he returns to Kamar-Taj.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pallando opens the portal and looks at the mushroom cloud blooming over the ruins of Mordor.

"Impressive," he says. Then he portals to a high peak in the Ephel Duath, and shouts in a magically magnified voice, in the general direction of Minas Tirith:

"BEHOLD! I, THE GREAT WIZARD PALLANDO, HAVE BY MY POWER LAID THE DARK TOWER OF SAURON LOW!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony follows him through the portal.

"Uh, the Time Stone? I'd say this war is pretty much over."

Permalink Mark Unread

Pallando hands him the Stone, with a somewhat half-hearted admonition to bring it back, and portals down to Gondor to receive his undeserved hero's welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony slips back through the portal to Kamar-Taj just before it closes.

"Take this back to past-Valinor and meet us at the Avengers Facility in 2018," he tells Thor, handing him the Time Stone. "I've got something I want to do before I leave."

He turns to Vanyel as soon as Thor winks out. "Unfortunately, Sauron isn't actually defeated yet. It seems kinda rude to leave here without fixing that. This is what I needed your portal skills for—wanna help me speedrun Lord of the Rings?"

Permalink Mark Unread

:Do I want to– what -: Vanyel shakes his head. :Nevermind. If this world is still in danger - and, er, you're pretty sure we can help without getting ourselves killed out here - then of course I'll help. What do I need to do?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, to kill Sauron we need to get his magic ring into a very specific volcano. Follow me. It would help if we were invisible."

He flies to Mount Doom.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Huh, that's really not a subtle name for it at all:

Vanyel follows him. He's never been any good at illusions, unfortunately, but it's a lot easier if he only needs to do it from one angle - below - and the thing he needs to illusion them to look like is "sky". 

He's also never spent this long incredibly high in the air, but he's not especially afraid of heights, and he's done plenty of more terrifying things. It doesn't take long to get used to it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony lands at the edge of the Cracks of Doom and gestures to them. "You can do portals based on memories, right? Remember this place."

Permalink Mark Unread

:- Right. Just give me a minute: 

Vanyel looks around for something that vaguely resembles a doorway. Or even a hole in the ground... 

:Um, how big does it have to be? I need something to build the threshold on: And once this is over, he really does need to track down Nayoki and get her to teach him the unscaffolded Gate-technique. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah, shit. It only needs to be ring-sized, but needing a scaffold will be a problem on the other end. I was hoping to do this without touching the damn thing. Wherever you pick here, though, it needs to be somewhere where it'll fall directly into the lava once it goes through."

(There are some appropriately positioned holes in the ground at the Cracks of Doom, though.)

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Right: Vanyel stares intently at the ground for fifteen seconds, memorizing it. :I'll do my best with whatever's on the other side. Um, where are we going next, to find it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, follow me." He flies about a thousand miles northwest, and hovers high over a picturesque country village.

"It's here somewhere—uh, you can probably find it with your magic powers, right? It's got to be very magic."

Permalink Mark Unread

(The One Ring is extremely visible to Othersenses. It's in a desk drawer in a house delved into the side of a hill, about half a mile away. It's also—whispering to Vanyel, and when he looks at it, he sees himself using it to accomplish everything he's ever desired. It can destroy Thanos, utterly and forever, and bring back all his victims. Forget the Infinity Stones, this is the One Ring to rule them all, and a Gauntlet is basically the same thing as a Ring, right? It can end sickness and want and death, in Velgarth and all the worlds, make the resources that Thanos was so concerned about for everyone. It could also let him rule the world, it adds, almost as an afterthought, because it knows Vanyel doesn't want that.)

(It says all this plainly, without any hint of seduction in its mindvoice. It is just giving him information, and all information is worth having, right?)

Permalink Mark Unread

- what. 

 

 

Vanyel was NOT expecting that! 

He starts to instinctively raise his shields, and then...doesn't do this. Instead he keeps listening to what the Ring is saying, still hovering motionless next to Tony. 

He wishes Leareth were here, Leareth would– 

No, on reflection, he's very glad Leareth isn't here. 

(Why? Because Leareth would want the omnipotent magical artifact for himself? Because Leareth would - what - he's so confused...) 

 

 

Ten seconds pass, then twenty, without Vanyel moving or saying anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony can't feel the Ring, and he doesn't realize that Vanyel can. (For non-Gifted people its effects usually only kick in when they get in sight of it, although Tony has no reason to know this.)

"Well?" he asks Vanyel. "Can you find it?"

He starts to consider that it might have been a bad idea to bring the super-powerful wizard near the even-more-powerful evil magic ring of doom, but it's too late to turn back now.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't tell Tony. Tony shouldn't know what the Ring is saying, what it's capable of -

Permalink Mark Unread

- what. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...Focus. What does he expect to happen if he tells Tony the Ring is talking to him? That Tony will think he's lost his mind? That Tony will try to get to it first? Something else? 

It feels like 'something else' is the answer but he's not succeeding at naming it and pinning it down; it's all slippery in his head, it just feels like - something bad, something wrong - he doesn't know what's going to happen and he has to stay in control of the situation - 

- taking from him what should be his– what?  

 

 

Focus. 

It feels true, that the Ring is the most important thing in the world, here, that he's just learned something huge, that there's - another way - that the future of the world is salvageable after all...

Does that - actually make sense - as a reason not to tell his ally?

He doesn't trust Tony. Not really, not fully. It would be stupid to. They've just met. But Tony is the one who has context here, and Vanyel needs that context, to make sense of this, and he can't ask without - 

 

 

Something is wrong. His mind is behaving in ways that make no sense; it was harder to notice at first because he's not suffering, but just because he isn't in pain, doesn't mean he's thinking clearly. 

The Ring is still going to be there in two minutes. 

Even reminding himself of that, it still takes a confusingly massive effort of will to raise his shields and fold away his Othersenses, and for some reason he's trembling a little once that's done. Not that Tony can tell, through the suit. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't feel any less confused, but he's more capable of forming words. 

:- Yes. It's there. It - you didn't say, before, but - is it intelligent?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It has, like, a piece of Sauron's soul in it. I didn't know it could talk, especially from this far away, but if you can hear it you should definitely not be listening to anything it's saying. In fact, if you can do it from here, you should open a Gate right below it and portal it straight into Mount Doom."

Permalink Mark Unread

:It has what? How does that even work? I don't - I feel like this is a bad idea...: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know how it works and if you want to you should ask an elf. I do know that it will corrupt you if you're around it too long and you should treat anything it's saying to you as though it were coming from Sauron himself. Now if you're not going to destroy it we should wink out of here now, the natives managed to handle it in the original timeline even if the solution wasn't ideal." He was just trying to help but it's starting to seem like he's no longer doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

:I've never tried to distance-cast a Gate before, I'd have to - be closer than this -: 

Which feels like a perfectly sensible idea, but Vanyel is suddenly VERY dubious of his feelings on things. 

:I - maybe I can do it with Farsight, without going any closer?:

Permalink Mark Unread

"A little closer is fine. Preferably not close enough that anyone sees through the invisibility, and definitely not close enough to be in range to physically take the Ring."

Permalink Mark Unread

He could probably get the Ring with Fetching from here, but he's not going to tell Tony– okay. Stop. 

Why does he keep feeling like it's a bad idea to tell Tony? Because he'll want them to leave and that means scrapping the mission? Because he has information Tony doesn't, about what the Ring could help him do - what the universe would be giving up on, by destroying it - and it's not like he has evidence other than words from other people, not even under Truth Spell, that Sauron isn't to be trusted - 

 

 

- wait, is that true at all? He knows Sauron imprisoned Loki by switching places with him in Mandos' realm. He knows Sauron is working with Thanos, or at least, he can't see why the others would have had any reason to lie about that, and it's...awfully hard to believe that everyone is lying or confused about Thanos being someone they have to fight...

Why is it so damned hard to finish his thoughts, right now, he keeps getting distracted by - impatience, no-time-to-waste, something - 

He's shielding, he can't See the Ring anymore, or hear it - but somehow he can still feel it. Or - feel its attention on him, maybe. It knows he's here, now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel takes a deep breath. 

:- All right. I'm going to go in just a little closer, to make this easier on my mage-gift, and then I'm going to look with Farsight. I don't - think it can talk to me, that way - but if it looks like I'm going to do something stupid, I guess you should stop me?: 

He flies in closer, to about a quarter-mile's distance directly above the house in question. The illusion of sky should still be covering them well enough, from here. 

He extends his Farsight. Can he get enough of an image of the Ring's surroundings to do a Gate off - the bottom of the drawer is probably workable as a threshold to build on - 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can see the Ring. It's a simple golden band, alone in the drawer it's in. It's hard to believe that so small a thing could have such power.

Permalink Mark Unread

....Okay. Focus. He's going to try to do this without using mage-sight at all, which is a terrible way to have to distance-cast a Gate, but he's worried that opening his shields at all will let the thing talk to him - 

 

 

- why is he even trying to avoid that, all information is worth having - 

 

 

He takes a slow deep breath. Lets it out. Reminds himself that he can't trust the Ring, or assume that it's not still affecting his mind in some way. 

 

He grits his teeth, summons all his concentration, and builds a Gate-threshold from the bottom of the drawer, and then reaches - searches - it's taking all of his strength and focus and it hurts and he keeps not being sure why he's even doing this at all... 

 

The search finds its destination, the hole in the ground by Mount Doom. The Gate snaps into place. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Ring was designed to be immune to all forms of spatial non-locality. Normally, absolutely nothing would happen. But it can still pass through a Gate if it wants to, and right now, it actually does want to be Gated. Just not into Mount Doom.

The other end of the Gate appears three feet in front of Vanyel's face. The Ring falls out, and hangs in midair for longer than it ought to before it drops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel doesn't move. It's taking every ounce of control he has. He is not going to catch it. Catching it is the sort of thing that if this were a ballad would end in disaster. He's so confused but he doesn't even have the spare attention to notice that, let alone to Mindspeak Tony and clarify that he didn't mean to do that - 

 

Th Ring falls, unimpeded by Vanyel. 

Permalink Mark Unread

This wasn't anywhere on Tony's list of things that could go wrong, and wouldn't have been even if he had made such a list. Nonetheless, the thought occurs to him, even in his panic, that "any craft that we here possess" probably didn't include a lot of crafts that he does, in fact, possess.

He dives below it, so he'll be shooting into space if he misses, and fires as powerful and as tight an energy beam at it as he can generate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Direct hit. Nothing happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Damn it that would probably have worked if he still had the Silmaril—

Wait.

He winks back to 2018, flies to where Thor is waiting at the Avengers Facility, gets the Silmaril from him, integrates it back in his suit, flies back to the random field in the English countryside where he'd emerged, and winks back to a millisecond after he'd left.

He fires again, with the full power of the Silmaril in his shot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where once there had been a ring, there is now a small cloud of very energetic gold atoms.

The magical shockwave punches into Vanyel as though he'd run full-on into a stone wall. Tony, not being Gifted, barely feels it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony overrides the controls on Vanyel's suit, winks them both back to 2018, and sets him on autopilot to the Avengers Facility, then follows him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel's Gate, tethered to the bottom of the drawer in the house below, had still been up at the moment Tony fired on the Ring. 

He's still conscious, barely, as Tony takes over the suit. He kind of wishes he weren't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony monitors Vanyel's vitals on his HUD, and decides to hold off on asking what the fuck just happened until Vanyel feels better.

They meet up with Thor, who Bifrösts them back to Valinor, and then the three of them go back to Y.T. 1250. The suit can float Vanyel back to his bed and then stow itself away, while Tony calls for a Healer.

"I, uh, destroyed a powerful magical artifact slightly too close to him," he explains to the Healer apologetically. "While he had a Gate up, if that matters."

Permalink Mark Unread

:You - what - how did that even come up? Did something go wrong, I thought you weren't expecting a fight:

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil comes running. She reaches Vanyel's bedside, takes his hand, and then glares at Tony. 

:What happened? I thought this mission wasn't supposed to be dangerous!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It wasn't. We got the Time Stone out almost immediately. But we were in a time period that I was, uh, familiar with, and there was something that had to be destroyed to stop Sauron from taking over the world, and the way things originally went, this involved a war in which tens of thousands of people died, and I thought we could do it faster and with less collateral damage. We were going to Gate the Ring directly into a volcano, but something happened and it popped out right in front of Vanyel. My first thought was he was trying to steal it—I wouldn't have blamed him, it's extremely mind-affecting, but it would have been really bad if he'd ended up with it—so I blasted it with Silmaril-light before things could get any worse. I, uh, didn't realize it was going to produce a magic shockwave and knock him out. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Gods. I...really can't imagine Vanyel would've tried to steal it. Not like him at all!: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel starts to open his eyes, groans, and thinks better of it. "...S-Savil? Wha... Y'not s'posed t'be here?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh? ...Nevermind, don't try to talk right now, ke'chara. You're safe. Everything's fine, you're back in Valinor now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel ignores her. "Th'Gate, I don't– did I...make it do that...? I, I wasn't, I thought..." He trails off, coughing.  

Permalink Mark Unread

"Van, please. Shhh. Just rest." 

:He's - asking if he made the Gate, er, go to him instead of wherever you'd meant to put it: she explains to Tony. :I think he doesn't remember. Gods! Did you warn him it was mind-affecting like that?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't know what he did. I'll give him the benefit of the doubt and assume the Ring did the Gate fuckery itself. Wouldn't be surprised if it could do that. I...I should have warned him, and I didn't. But I also didn't expect it to get to him so quickly or from so far away—in the story I was familiar with, it takes like months of carrying it for it to really corrupt you. But it talked to him. From half a mile away."

Permalink Mark Unread

Savil doesn't like the sound of that at all. She shivers. 

:...What, you mean, it had Mindspeech? Did it talk to you too?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm not sure exactly. It didn't talk to me, but I could tell it was...communicating with him somehow. It's definitely intelligent, it had a bit of Sauron in it. It, uh, liked corrupting powerful magic users with promises of unlimited power, that was kind of its whole thing."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Great. Vanyel doesn't even want unlimited power - in fact, he doesn't especially want the power he already has - so I suppose you got lucky on that front, and thank the gods it wasn't Leareth with you. Anyway, next time you decide to haul my nephew off on some heroic side mission, I'd appreciate it if you took better care of him: 

Savil turns her back on Tony, before she has a chance to snarl anything at him that she'll really regret, and goes back to stroking Vanyel's hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony, for once, doesn't suppose that anything he can say will make the situation better, and goes off to check on Leareth, who is supposedly the one with the best chance of devising a technique of using the Space Stone that will get them to Vormir and Morag.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is awake, sitting up in bed and very halfheartedly trying to eat soup. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is with him. 

"- He is doing better but wants to not Mindspeak," she explains to Tony, in reasonably fluent English; she's been practicing. "If you have to talk, I can translate?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Then I suppose he's in no shape to be doing magic research with an Infinity Stone," he says to Nayoki, glancing at Leareth for confirmation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, right, that." 

She translates this into Valdemaran for Leareth. "Sorry, it came up before but I forgot to tell you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. "I should not do any actual magic yet. I can start working on the theory side? I could have you or Vanyel look at it with mage-sight for me." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki Mindspeaks Savil to ask about this, then makes a face. 

"Sorry, Vanyel is out of commission again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. "Something went wrong on their mission to retrieve the Time Stone." Savil's explanation had more detail than that and a lot more swearwords, but she doesn't think Leareth needs to worry about that right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth rubs his forehead. "Ask him what is known about the Space Stone? And whether Fëanor can learn anything by examining it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki nods and relays this back to Tony. 

"I want to make sure he does not push himself too much," she adds. "But he is right, it will go faster later if he can start some of the non-magical work now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not a whole lot is actually known about the Infinity Stones. At least, not by me—Strange probably knew a lot more. They've supposedly been around since the creation of the universe, though I'm not sure if that refers to the actual rocks or just to the singularities that they contain. The Space Stone can...do anything you like that's related to space, if you have the strength and control to wield it—if I picked it up and told it to do something, it would probably just teleport me randomly into intergalactic space. I think we'll have better luck trying to integrate it with your existing magic system, like we did with the Time Stone in New York, although—under more controlled conditions and hopefully with fewer unpleasant side effects. I'll ask Fëanor about it, but the Fëanor we have here just learned to smelt iron fifty years ago, so if we really need his input we'll probably have to just risk going back to the present to talk to that one."

He goes to get Fëanor and the Tesseract.

Permalink Mark Unread

I couldn't really tell you anything about it, Fëanor tells Tony and Leareth-via-Nayoki. It's obviously very powerful, but the power doesn't really seem to have any structure—it's like someone took ten thousand times the power of the Trees and compressed it into a point.

Permalink Mark Unread

(Nayoki relays this.) 

This is not exactly among the more helpful explanations that Leareth has ever heard. 

"Noted. I suspect that Velgarth mage-sight would be able to see more detail and structure. Nayoki, could you...?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course - I had already been planning to examine it for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods. 

...Then makes eye contact with the local, younger Curufinwë Fëanáro. 

:- I would like to speak with you, if that is all right: he sends, privately. (It takes a lot of willpower not to wince visibly. Mindspeech hurts.) :Privately with Nayoki, that is, she can translate for me: 
 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I've been wanting to do the same, he replies. Then, seeing Leareth's wince at the mental contact, he says aloud in broken Valdemaran, "If osanwë hurts you, know-I little of language-yours. Would-like-I more learn." He has no accent whatsoever, and his command of the language is shockingly good for his very limited exposure to it, he's just, clearly, substituting his native language's grammatical constructs where he doesn't know the Valdemaran ones. "Or osanwë-my may-translate-she," he adds, pointing to Nayoki, "if understand-not-me-you."

Leareth would like to speak to me alone, he says to Tony.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony leaves the room.

Permalink Mark Unread

...That's pretty impressive. 

"Before this, I spoke with your - older self, in the other timeline," Leareth says. "And your son, Nelyafinwë Maitimo, who - told me of some things that might be of interest to you." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki waits to see if a translation is needed. 

(And tries to read Fëanor's mind, if she can get away with it.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

The younger Fëanor hasn't yet had need to acquire the habit of keeping a tight lid on his thoughts; Nayoki can get a lot, though not everything.

Nelyo told you interesting things? he sends to Nayoki, deciding that this conversation is going to be beyond his command of Valdemaran, at least on the speaking side. Nelyo doesn't care about anything he finds interesting, he likes hanging out at Court, and networking, and politics, gods forbid. He spends more time in the city than at home, which is fitting, actually, since Fëanor ran away from the damned Palace when he was about the age Nelyo is now—

What did he say?

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is so unsure how to say any of this. 

...Also he's suddenly realizing that he's feeling very disoriented - Nayoki told him that they came to Valinor, and he knows some of Valinor's history from Maitimo, but not nearly as much as he would like. 

"Where is Melkor, right now?" he asks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki relays this. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Imprisoned in Mandos for three Ages of the world. Of which one and a half have gone by.

Permalink Mark Unread

:You should keep him that way: Nayoki sends, darkly, before translating for Leareth. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...Right. There - was another war, later, after the Valar released Melkor. It...went badly, in many ways. You - your future self - had made the Silmarils by then - they were captured by Melkor - you swore a magically binding oath to protect them at any cost -" 

Leareth's head is pounding again and he's not sure he remembers all the events in the right order. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes a single, long, slow breath.

None of that surprises me. The Valar will release him when his sentence is done: they are not the sort of creatures that could break their word, whatever the cost, nor can they even comprehend the danger that Melkor poses. And if the Valar prove themselves so foolish, then of course I would plot to leave Valinor; and if I need to leave Valinor, of course I would preserve its Light; and if that Light exist in portable form, then of course Melkor would try to steal it; and if Melkor steal the Silmarils, then of course I would recover them at any cost whatsoever. The Valar have the strength to defeat him, but cannot see him for what he is; I can see him plainly, but I have not the strength. Perhaps, before the time comes, I will acquire it.

He pauses as a realization dawns on him.

The Infinity Stones. They were used to kill half the population of the entire world, in your time. Could they kill a Vala?

Permalink Mark Unread

:- They did. Several of the Valar died, when it happened: 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar, of course, would have told him that wasn't possible, wasn't even coherent. Now, if Leareth is telling the truth, they've just been proven for liars—and if they're lying about their own natures, they're probably lying about everything. Fëanor's perfectly happy to believe that Eru created the universe, on account of the fact that it had to come from somewhere, and perfectly happy to give Him due honor for that, but he's never seen a single shred of actual proof that Eru created or authorized the Valar. If not—and it seems at the moment to be not—there's no reason to let them rule over the Quendi. His people could become, one day, just as powerful.

With the Infinity Stones, even more so.

Before you take the Infinity Stones back to your own time to fix the emergency there, he asks Leareth, would you mind if I used them to kill Melkor? I will probably leave the others alone, for now, although I may wish to secure an assurance that they'll let us leave when we're ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It does seem likely that would avert many tragedies. I...will certainly consider it. ...Also, please do not swear any magically binding oaths. Even if it seems to be a good idea at the time. I promise, I will bring all the resources I can to bear, in order to solve problems that may arise, but... My impression is that the oaths your species is capable of, are much more trouble than they are worth." 

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be much appreciated. And I suspect you are—missing context, on the oath. To give up future optionality over something like that is a very high cost with no obvious benefit. My future self would not have done it unless there were—

He pauses suddenly.

You said you were working with me, in the future. Why did I not come with you? The Silmaril was definitely his work, but it could have been stolen—

Permalink Mark Unread

"Elves cannot, it seems. I believe that neither can the Valar or Maiar. You are - bound to your own timelines. The first test subject for the process was an Elf, and it killed him." Leareth bows his head, his voice apologetic. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Then the Valar were not lying about everythinghe says sadly. They have told us that we are bound to the fates of Arda, while the Secondborn will have free will but be, consequently, bound to leave the world after a while. However, it was supposedly the same fact that made the Valar unable to be killed. Perhaps the Infinity Stones are...exceptions to the usual rules, somehow. Speaking of which, you said you would like to examine this one? He gestures to the Tesseract, which Tony left behind when he left Leareth and Fëanor alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Tesseract, the cube-shaped container for the Space Stone, looks at first like a cube, but by turning it just right, one (who knows as much math as Leareth) can see that it's actually the projection of a higher-dimensional cube-analogue onto three-dimensional space. Directly visualizing the higher-dimensional space in which it really exists is impossible for human minds, or even most elvish ones, but by observing the twisting of the cube as he turns it Leareth will be able to see it obliquely. From just the right angle, he can see the tendrils that extend from the singularity of power inside the Tesseract to every point in space. This is...some kind of Master-Node—responsible, apparently, for the very concept of whereness itself, and its power is as vast as the universe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth is a lot better at mathematical visualizations than most people. He still can't quite wrap his head around it, but he has enough to work from, and the geometry of it doesn't make his head hurt even if actually using mage-sight does. He gets in a peek anyway, until the tightening band of pain around his forehead warns him that he's pushing too hard too soon. 

"Nayoki, can you...?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki is finding that trying to look at the Tesseract's geometry is making her head hurt, but she can try to get a closer look at those tendrils. 

Is there any obvious way to interact with them, using her magic, and follow one to a specific place? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Touching the tendrils is a really bad idea; if she creates a path for energy to flow from the Stone into her it will very quickly be more than she can control. But she can see that the tendrils are all about the same "length" (if length is even a meaningful concept here), even those that attach to points very far from the Space Stone's projection in the surface world; it might be possible, with the Stone's help, to route a Gate through the hyperspace in which it exists. Possibly she could also set up a Gate and then attach the Stone to it without ever having power flow directly through her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki conveys this to Leareth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth thinks in silence for a minute, then looks back to Feanor. “I can work with this. It will take some caution, to do it safely, but - two days’ work at most, I think. Once I am recovered sufficiently to do the mage-work required, that is. …I could likely do this both more safely, and with added convenience, by building a basic permanent threshold, but that would require longer. A week at least.”

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. I'll let the others know.

And he goes and relays the information to Tony and Thor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth lays back for a minute, closing his eyes. 

"...Nayoki?" he says, after a minute. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmm? Do you need anything?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you reach the water jug for me? ...Also I wish to know if I can see Vanyel." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"You do not look very ready to get out of bed!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will manage. I want to know exactly what happened." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. "Savil told me. It was after they had retrieved the Time Stone, but - there was a local problem, a war, and Tony had context and...hoped they could end it. Which they did, but not without complications." 

She explains about the Ring. 

Permalink Mark Unread

....Wow, Leareth is a surprising level of furious about that! 

"Tell Tony that I wish to speak with him again." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"- Are you sure? Leareth, perhaps you ought rest more, before - addressing this." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. 

:Tony, Leareth is upset with you about Vanyel's injuries on the recent mission and I think he would like to say this to you. ...If you are busy I can tell him that: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tony is in the middle of discussing what to do about the Reality Stone with Thor and Fëanor. Asgard is friendly territory, and the best bet is probably for Thor to go in alone, but they're all hesitant to send anyone anywhere without backup.

I am busy, but not uninterruptibly so, he tells Nayoki. Tell Leareth that I did what I thought was best, but I didn't have nearly sufficient information on your magic to make decisions involving Vanyel, and I'm sorry for acting rashly. If he would like to help inform me sufficiently so that something like this doesn't happen again, he is welcome to come find me. Perhaps he will have input on our current plans as well.

Tony is genuinely sorry about what happened to Vanyel, but he is definitely not (indeed, never is) in the mood for a lecture that doesn't actually help him avoid making the same mistakes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki passes this on. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would not have thought it would take very much context on Velgarth magic to think that it was a bad idea to bring a very powerful mage within range of the Ring and not warn him that it was mind-affecting! ...The part about the Gate was perhaps less foreseeable. Anyway, I am happy to explain our magic and its limitations and downsides to him in more detail." 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth sighs. "I suppose it is not that much of a rush. And I do need to rest." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nayoki passes all of this back to Tony. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly, on reflection, a warning would have helped and could not have hurt—although, to be perfectly fair, I didn't at all expect that Vanyel would be 'in range' of the Ring, or that its effects would be so quick—in the stories of it that I'm familiar with, it took months of carrying it to have an effect similar to what it did to him.

At any rate, the explanation of magic is not urgent—anytime before the next mission would be fine—but I would be interested in your input on the plan going forward. Time that passes here doesn't affect anything, so we can to wait for you to recover more, if you would like to be more involved in the planning or the missions themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "I think that is a good idea. I will be able to help with planning sooner than I can do magical research safely, so - tomorrow we can discuss? With Vanyel as well, if he is recovered enough for it." 

Permalink Mark Unread

He relays this to Thor and Fëanor, and adjourns the planning meeting for the following day.

Permalink Mark Unread

By morning, Vanyel is feeling mostly back to normal. Before the meeting starts, he takes a walk near Fëanor's house. Savil mentioned that the Elves sing a lot, and he kind of misses music right now. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, glad to see you're feeling better. I'm sorry about what happened with the Ring," Tony tells him when he arrives at the meeting. "We definitely could have planned that better. On that note, we're about to go over the plan for the Reality Stone again. Do you know if Leareth's coming? I think he said he wanted to be here."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Right, er, one second: 

Vanyel reaches out with Mindspeech. :Leareth? Are you coming to the planning meeting?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:- What?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

About three seconds later, Leareth is actually awake. :I apologize for being late. Nayoki neglected to wake me up for it. I will be right over: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel relays to Tony that Leareth is on his way. 

Permalink Mark Unread

He's there within five minutes, moving stiffly but otherwise looking well enough. :So. What is the plan so far?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"There's three Stones left to get. The last known locations of Reality and Power were both in 2014—that's about four years before the present, by our calendar. Reality on Asgard, where Thor is from. He can get there easily, though he probably shouldn't go without backup. Power on a planet called Morag, with some protections but not actively guarded. We don't have any way of getting there unless you guys can figure out long-range portals with the Space Stone." He doesn't mention the Soul Stone—they all know about that, and no one wants to talk about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth nods, glancing over at Vanyel. :I am fairly confident that I can figure out long-range Gates in a few more days. ...Though if I accompany Thor to Asgard, and something goes sufficiently wrong that I am injured again, it will delay things. Possibly that means we should send Vanyel or Savil instead: 

He frowns for a moment. :Hmm. Tony, how - obvious - are those times and places, as opportunities to retrieve the Stones? How likely is it that Thanos will come for us again?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll have to ask Thor that." And he relays the question.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think that more than a few people actually ever knew that the Reality Stone was on Asgard. It was only there briefly—my father had it sent away to be hidden as quickly as possible. This turned out to be a mistake, actually, since Thanos had spies in the new hiding place who were able to locate it easily, which he did not on Asgard—at least to the best of my knowledge. The Power Stone was on Morag for—likely thousands of years before it was retrieved, although it was only accessible for a brief period once every three hundred during that time.

"Under better circumstances, I think you would be interested in seeing Asgard, Leareth. We possessed—both advanced magic and high technology, such that one often couldn't tell one from the other, while on other worlds they often seem to be mutually exclusive. It is very unlikely that you will be injured there."

Permalink Mark Unread

:You should go, Leareth: Vanyel says instantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

:Perhaps both of us should: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Both of you could come. The Bifröst that Stormbreaker can summon is really intended just for me, but it can carry two, maybe three others. It would be helpful if we had someone good at illusions—I would be recognized instantly anywhere on Asgard, but look different enough from how I did at the time that it would quickly get very awkward."

Permalink Mark Unread

Mention of the Bifröst reminds Tony to ask something.

"Hey, how come you can get to Asgard, and not Morag or Vormir?" At least he's assuming that, since Thor ought to have mentioned it if he could.

Permalink Mark Unread

"The Bifröst only works between worlds on the Yggdrasil, the great World-Tree that connects the Realms."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And, uh, Valinor is?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Vague gesture at the nearest window and the giant glowing Trees beyond it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh. I didn't think that was the relevant sort of tree."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's strange, actually. You know, when I first heard about Valinor my Allspeak tried to render the word as Asgard! It took me a little while to figure out that wasn't what you were talking about. I guess if there's some etymological connection between the names—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There wouldn't be, unless you're a Vala. Which I'm fairly sure you're not."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We were worshipped as gods by some people on Midgard [elves will hear Endórë and Leareth and Vanyel will hear whatever word Valdemaran has adopted for Earth] about a thousand years ago. Humans are easily impressed. I wouldn't think that would matter for Allspeak, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel glances around. :I feel like I missed some explanation here. How does 'Allspeak' work?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's translation magic. I'm not sure of the exact workings, but it causes me to be able to understand all languages and causes you to hear my language as your own. It's not actually relevant to the mission; right now I need to go to Asgard, which is very definitely not Valinor, and you and Leareth are welcome to come along."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Sure, sounds good: He looks over at Leareth. :Anything in particular you want to do to get ready for it?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:We can wear protective artifacts again. And, Thor, I would like to go over a map of the area we are visiting first, just so that I know what to expect. Other than that, I think those are adequate precautions - as long as we believe it is very low-probability that Thanos will stake out Asgard and find us, at least: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor doesn't have a map of Asgard but he can draw a crude one. It's a city on an artificial flat planetoid with artificial gravity and a magitek dome for keeping the air in. One side is an ocean and there's a bridge leading out to the Bifröst, which is as far from the city as possible (when it was first built there were concerns about it exploding, but that hasn't happened). To the best of their knowledge no one but the Asgardians and Dark Elves, who are now all dead, knew it was ever on Asgard, and there's no known way Thanos could have found out, but there is a slight complication that the city was invaded by the Dark Elves (who were uniquely able to magically detect the Stone) several hours after they're planning to go. They should be out by then, though.

(Unlike the Light Elves, which are pretty obviously the same kind of thing as Fëanor, but of a different lineage, the exact nature of the Dark Elves isn't really known, but some relationship between them and the Light Elves seems likely, and their capabilities are fairly similar when not augmented by the Reality Stone.)

Permalink Mark Unread

:That is not ideal timing but I suppose there are many other constraints here. What are the sorts of difficulties that might end up delaying us? We should spend some time on contingency plans for that, since we have time now and will not once the mission starts: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think if we're delayed we should just leave and try again with a different branch timeline and hopefully the knowledge of how to not get delayed again. We shouldn't have the problem with that that we did in New York."

Permalink Mark Unread

"The biggest obstacle is likely to just be Asgardian security. That shouldn't be a problem for me, I was a prince, if you can do a little bit of illusion magic to make me look more like I did back then. In the absolute worst case you may need to—nonlethally—incapacitate my past self. Leareth and Vanyel can pass for Asgardians and won't be questioned too much as long as they're with me. Tony, if you come along, you should probably keep the suit stowed or have an illusion to cover it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think I'll sit this one out."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel sighs. :I'm...less useful than I'd like, for the 'nonlethal' part. Leareth?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:I can do a compulsion, if it is necessary, that is likely to be the most reliably nonlethal approach. And I can prepare an illusion in advance, if you can show me a memory or something of how you looked before. With lead time, I can tie it to an artifact, so that it will not be disrupted if I am distracted or injured. ...Are there any magical protections, or magical weapons that might be used if we are discovered?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor remembers his former appearance—the obvious difference is the longer hair—and sort of shoves the memory in Leareth's direction. "What sort of lead time would you need to do an artifact?" he asks. "Not that we're really limited in that way, I suppose.

"Asgardians don't really distinguish technology from magic. It's possible that some of our stuff would show up as magical to your Othersenses, but I don't know enough about how your magic works to know how anything would interact with it. The Reality Stone is obviously magical but I don't expect it to be used against us."

Permalink Mark Unread

:Then I would like to plan on spending a few minutes after our arrival scoping out the area with mage-sight, if that is workable? I will need about half a day for the artifact. It is not difficult magic, though, merely time-consuming, so I will be able to depart immediately: 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That will work."

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth gets to work on the artifact. It's fiddly work, but not complicated; it leaves plenty of space to think through everything that might go wrong this time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel goes off to find Savil. "Hey. Want to go for a walk or something?" 

He's very aware of what's ahead of them. Talking about it feels agonizing and impossible, but...well, he at least wants to take every opportunity to see his aunt's face. While he still can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't bring it up either, just offers her nephew a one-armed hug. "Of course, ke'chara. You've been planning for the next mission? I hope this time they briefed you on everything that could come up!" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think Leareth made sure of that! He had a lot of questions. Don't worry about me." 

They go for a walk, through the incredibly pretty village near Fëanor's house. Mostly they don't talk; when they do, it's about inconsequential things. The knowledge of what they still have to do seems to squat in the air between them, heavy, muffling. 

Vanyel's mind can't stop poking at it in the background. Wondering if there's another way. He hasn't thought of anything yet, though. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor, Leareth, and Vanyel travel forward to 2014 and then Bifröst to Asgard. They land on an out-of-the-way balcony near the Palace hospital.

There's no overt magic in the area, other than the Reality Stone itself, but Asgardian spirits in general shine brighter than humans, about equal to elves, and there are some people that look like they might be Gifted, but they don't appear to have any specific Gift known to Velgarth. None of them are especially nearby, though.

"This way," Thor says, gesturing for the others to follow him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth checks their shields and Thor's illusion, and then Mindtouches Vanyel. :You have the greater Thoughtsensing range. See if you can locate the younger Thor?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, Vanyel will try to do that. His range comfortably stretches to miles; he should be able to unless there are shields against Thoughtsensing around for some reason. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Younger Thor is near where they're headed, but leaving and going the opposite direction.

They reach their destination without incident. There's a woman lying unconscious on a bed, covered by something that looks a bit like a mage-barrier, too faint to have been seen from a distance. Another woman is tending to her.

"Thor," says the second woman. "Didn't you just leave?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I came back," says Thor. "These are my friends, uh, Leif and Vanjur. They know magic that might be able to help Jane."

Permalink Mark Unread

The doctor looks confused but isn't going to question the prince who can summon lightning and is a war hero on five different planets. "Alright, go ahead," she says, and goes to check on her next patient.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can you do the, uh, thing where you teleport objects?" he asks Vanyel. "Put the Reality Stone—which is currently inside Jane's arm—into this box." He holds up a small metal box.

(The Reality Stone is, indeed, inside Jane's arm. It looks strange compared with the others they've seen—not a single bright point at all, it's like it's liquefied.)

Permalink Mark Unread

"Uh, I can try?" 

Vanyel tries to focus his mage-sight on it as clearly as he can - and Healing-Sight too, maybe that will at least help him avoid yanking out any bits of Jane along with the liquified stone. Can he get enough of a fix on it for his Fetching to grab it? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth takes over keeping his Thoughtsensing extended to make sure no one is about to show up and interfere with Vanyel's work. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel can get a fix on the Aether (the not-very-stony Reality Stone); it's liquid, but it hasn't dissolved into Jane's flesh or anything.

No one is approaching. Jane is fast asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does the Stone let itself be Fetched? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's way too much magic to be Fetched normally. It feels the tug of unfamiliar magic, though, and decides that this ridiculously powerful mage is a way more interesting person to be attached to than Jane Foster.

It follows the tug and jumps into Vanyel's hand, then phases into more of a gas and starts going inside his forearm like it was inside Jane. It's very uncomfortable but doesn't seem to be doing any actual damage.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh. That was not on the list of things I expected to go wrong. Here, I do have a backup plan, but it might be a little unpleasant..."

He pulls out a sharply pointed tube and starts attaching it to the container Vanyel tried to Fetch the Stone into originally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jane starts to wake up.

"Huh? Thor? What...?" she says groggily.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's okay," Thor says. "We got the Aether out of you. Go back to sleep, you need to recover."

Then he turns back to Vanyel, holding the very sharp tube. "Hold out your arm. This will hurt less than having the Aether in you, I'm sure."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel ALSO wasn't expecting that as one of the things that could go wrong! Aaaaaaah! He's biting his lip hard to hold back from screaming. 

Squeezing his eyes shut, he sticks out his arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth had a number of contingency-plans and none of them were for this and he doesn't know what to do! He settles for stepping closer, ready to catch Vanyel in case the Aether knocks him out like it seems to have done to Jane. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Jane was unconscious because the Asgardian doctors sedated her, not because of the Aether directly. Having it removed was nonetheless a sufficient shock to wake her up.

Thor sticks the tube into Vanyel's arm and it draws out the Aether, which once no longer in contact with a living being re-solidifies into a red gem inside Thor's container.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What's going on?" says Jane, now fully awake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor decides it's not worth lying.

"We're from the future," he says. "Something very bad's happened and we need Infinity Stones—the Aether is one of them—to fix it, but someone else has the ones from our time, so we figured out time travel and used it to go back in time and get our own set."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh my God. Time travel? This could change everything—you've got to take me to the future and show me how it works!"

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor-from-the-future hasn't been dating Jane for several years, whereas this Jane probably assumes they're still together, which is going to be awkward, but there's no actual good reason he can't fulfill her request.

"Sure," he says. "I'll come back for you after we get the Reality Stone out."

Then he turns to Vanyel and Leareth. "Let's get out of here, I guess," he says. "I know I said I wanted to show you Asgard, Leareth, but let's do that after we get the Stone to safety."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Indeed." He's ready to go. 

:Vanyel. Are you all right?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:...Y...es? I think so. Should I do the time travel back now?: He looks at Thor for confirmation before reaching for the suit controls. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"No, Bifröst back to Valinor first," he says, extending his arm for Vanyel and Leareth to grab and taking out Stormbreaker.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Er, right." Vanyel is still feeling quite shaken, and wishes he could have a moment to catch his breath before getting disoriented again, but he puts his hand over Thor's arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Leareth does the same, still watching Vanyel closely for any negative effects from the Aether adventure. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They Bifröst back to Valinor and then go back to the distant past where they're hiding from Thanos, and then Vanyel can have a moment to catch his breath. And possibly see a Healer about the wound left by the Aether-removal, if that would do him any good. There don't seem to be any lingering magical effects, though.

"Leareth, Vanyel, if you would like to see Asgard, we can go back, once Vanyel is recovered from the Aether," he says. "It—no longer exists, in our present time. I would like to see it again myself, to tell the truth. And I did tell Jane I would show her time travel."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I would appreciate that, yes." 

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel has a bit of Healing-Gift of his own, and the wound isn't serious, he's mostly just ignoring it. 

"Right. Er, would it be possible– could I bring Savil too?" 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. There are plenty of time-travel suits."

Permalink Mark Unread

Vanyel Mindspeaks Savil. :Want to come see Asgard with Leareth and I?: 

Permalink Mark Unread

:With Leareth -?: 

A long pause.

:...Sure. Why not. I'll be right over: 

Given her Thoughtsensing, Savil knows exactly where Vanyel is. She arrives within a couple of minutes. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thor borrows Tony's time travel suit so that he can show Jane, and together, they all go back to 2014 Asgard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jane lays on her hospital bed, transfixed by a single word that future-Thor said casually before Bifrösting out—apparently in the future he could summon the Rainbow Bridge with an axe, but that isn't at all what she's thinking about right now.

Valinor.

Most people wouldn't have known what the name meant, nor been paying enough attention, in her situation, to notice it if they did. But her mind flashes back to an obscure volume she discovered in her college library her freshman year, a book which had become her obsession for the next several years, until the pressures of earning a physics degree had forced her back to more relevant pursuits. She hasn't actively participated in what one might call "fandom" in years, but the Silmarillion has stayed with her, in a way few other works of fiction had. Well, it isn't fiction after all, is it? She's discovered recently that hard science and ancient legend aren't nearly so incompatible as she had once thought. She isn't even that surprised, to find that Tolkien's work was based on the truth; in hindsight, how could it not have been?

She finds herself wishing she could remember the passwords to some of her old accounts—not to re-read her awful fanfiction, definitely not that, but she wrote an essay once on the strange coincidences that made it seem like the Silmarillion was a story about a high-tech society filtered through a much lower-tech one. Eärendil's canonically-existing spaceship. A description of the War of Wrath that sounds rather like a nuclear explosion. Effects of the Silmarils on mortals that are indistinguishable from ordinary chronic radiation poisoning. Even a couple of vague hints that some of Rivendell's vague Elvish magic might have just been electricity. All her theories were true, most likely, if Asgard is anything to go by.

From her perspective, Thor returns seconds after he left, with one additional person, an old woman.

"Wait—did you say Valinor before you left? As in the Silmarillion?" she asks him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. It's another Realm that I hadn't heard of—how did you hear about it? I don't know what a Silmarillion is but if it's related to a Silmaril then I have encountered those."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You what—they were lost forever—

"The Silmarillion's a book. About the history of the Elves in the First Age. I knew it—and loved it—as a work of fiction. It's, uh, interesting to find out it's not." (Mostly exciting, but it also contains a lot of horrible suffering that she would prefer not have happened to actual people.) 

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm surprised that this distracted you from the time travel."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, the combination is even more exciting—I mean, elves are immortal, so I could technically still hope to meet one, but Fëanor, uh, wasn't—"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're hanging out at his house right now. Sometime way back in the past—I don't know how far precisely but it must be a long way since there's no sun—"

Permalink Mark Unread

dhjsjgkhsj.aghdjlk'anwklsnklnsks.ngkns,mdgnsm, is the only possible response she can come up with to that.

"Okay. You're going to have to back up a bit. What, exactly, is happening in the future?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Someone used the Infinity Stones to murder half the universe. We're going to prevent it here—probably by taking your Reality Stone and not giving it back—but we need the full set of six to undo it, and right now Thanos still has the ones that belong to our timeline. We're using way-past Valinor as a safe base of operations."

Permalink Mark Unread

Aaaaaaah half the universe—

"Alright I'm going to trust you to fix that since it is way out of my league of problems to deal with. But if you're still gonna show me the time travel, I want to see the Two Trees, not the universe that's half dead."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right."

Then he turns to Vanyel, Leareth, and Savil. "Apologies for that—I'm not sure how much you could understand. This is my girlfriend Jane—" :Well, ex-girlfriend, in our timeline, but I haven't mentioned that since it's kind of awkward: "She apparently knows of Valinor and elves from a book that she previously believed to be fiction, and would like to see them, so she'll be coming back with us, I suppose."

"At any rate, you wanted to see Asgard, so let's go somewhere other than the hospital. Jane, are you ready—?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm feeling much better now that a magic artifact is no longer trying to eat my arm!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Alright, let's go. Keep in mind that humans aren't technically allowed here, but there won't be any trouble as long as you don't make any."

He takes them to a window with a view of the city. "Any particular thing you'd like to see more closely?"

Asgard